To be able to read comments and to add content you need to register
Sponsor Links
video
14 Feb 2013 - 11:19pm
BLUE STAR LOVE ~ From an Amazing Heart of Grace, addresses Elvis Presley as a spiritual being who had a life-purpose far beyond entertaining. He used his God-given talent and his desire to share it with people as a means to spread the greater Light within him into the world. A significant portion of “Blue Star Love” is taken from transcribed telephone conversations between Elvis and Wanda June Hill–one of Elvis’ “phone friends” whom he knew for the last 15 years of his life. Also included are transcripts of taped lectures Elvis gave in his home (which various people present informally recorded) and letters and cards sent by him to Ms. Hill, her family and friends. This material (both vocal and written) has been validated as authentic, and some of the documentation is included in the book. In addition to Elvis’ own thoughts, “Blue Star Love” contains quotations from people of quite diverse backgrounds in which they express their profound feelings about a person who was much more to them than just an entertainer. Their statements form a testimony supporting the concept of Elvis’ special heritage and mission in life. Some of these individuals knew him on a personal basis, many did not, yet all saw him as a special personage endowed with the ability to help people from all walks of life transcend the barriers of their travail and reach for the stars of a brighter heaven.
ORDER FROM BALBOA PRESS
Blog entry
14 Feb 2013 - 8:36pm
What & How we are shown and taught, Affects our senses in the ways we percieve , and how we, both internally and externally, process information.
Conscious Awareness is the Expanded Perception to see all, what Is, as well as what Is Not.... what is shown, and what is missing ;
that things are not always what they seem.
This Higher Awareness becomes the Heart of Wisdom flowing around and through all propabilities and possibilites.....
and leads us with Expanded Abilities to Create and bring about the Highest Outcomes, far beyond where our mind alone can venture.
By tuning IN= turning ON in Trust to Our Individual Guidance System, we begin to Connect & ReDirect thru a Higher Unified Collective Consciousness.
All becomes apparent, and transparent, and the Imagination of Source finds and reveals Solutions.
MultiDimensional Awareness interacting within Action!
get a little CRAZY :)*** Finding Freedom with the Open Minded Authenticity of Our Hearts !
I Love You ALL ! Mwuahh! annie
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A8CO_tvPmgY www.youtube.com/watch (in case the vid doesn't show up:))
www.iwar.org.uk/iwar/resources/airchronicles/stein.htm for full essay ...
It's important to keep in mind what Professor George J. Stein wrote in his 1995 essay "Information Warfare":
Information warfare, in its largest sense, is simply the use of information to achieve our national objectives. Like diplomacy, economic competition, or the use of military force, information in itself is a key aspect of national power and, more importantly, is becoming an increasingly vital national resource that supports diplomacy, economic competition, and the effective employment of military forces. Information warfare in this sense can be seen as societal-level or nation-to-nation conflict waged, in part, through the worldwide internetted and interconnected means of information and communication.
[...] Information warfare, in its essence, is about ideas and epistemology- big words meaning that information warfare is about the way humans think and, more important, the way humans make decisions. And although information warfare would be waged largely, but not entirely, through the communication nets of a society or its military, it is fundamentally not about satellites, wires, and computers. It is about influencing human beings and the decisions they make.
[...] A major new factor in information war is the worldwide infosphere of television and broadcast news. Information warfare at the strategic level is the "battle off the battlefield" to shape the political context of the conflict. It will define the new "battlespace." We face an "integrated battlefield," not in the usual sense of having a global positioning system (GPS) receiver in every tank or cockpit but in the Clausewitzian sense that war is being integrated into the political almost simultaneously with the battle. Many people suspect that the national command authorities (NCA) are in danger of becoming increasingly "reactive" to a "fictive" universe created by CNN, its various international competitors, or even a terrorist with a video camera. This media-created universe we live in is fictive rather than "fictional" because although what we see on CNN is "true," it is just not the whole, relevant, or contextual truth. Nevertheless, this fictive universe becomes the politically relevant universe in which the government or the armed forces are supposed to "do something."
[...] Fictive or fictional operational environments, then, whether mass-targeted or niche-targeted, can be generated, transmitted, distributed, or broadcast by governments or all sorts of players through increasingly diversified networks. [...] Let us take just one example of how current technologies could be used for strategic-level information warfare. If, say, the capabilities of already well-known Hollywood technologies to simulate reality were added to our arsenal, a genuinely revolutionary new form of warfare would become possible. Today, the techniques of combining live actors with computer-generated video graphics can easily create a "virtual" news conference, summit meeting, or perhaps even a battle that would exist in "effect" though not in physical fact. Stored video images can be recombined or "morphed" endlessly to produce any effect chosen. This moves well beyond traditional military deception, and now, perhaps, "pictures" will be worth a thousand tanks. [...]
Teaching
14 Feb 2013 - 6:19pm
The Wisdom of "I Don't Know"
by Matt Kahn
http://www.truedivinenature.com/WisdomIDontKnow.htm
On every spiritual journey, there are insights that are revealed with the purpose of opening up the mind to a different level of consciousness. These insights usually come in the form of wisdom that can shock the mind into a point of view it hadn't realized before. In this shocking way, consciousness now sees what it never saw before, and has the chance to drop what the mind has been holding onto in the form of stories, distorted perceptions, or limiting beliefs.
To understand this fully, imagine yourself walking down the street holding a bag of groceries. Consciousness represents the you who is walking, the bag of groceries is the collection of stories, distorted perceptions, and limiting beliefs you are carrying, and what you are about to bump into represents the wisdom in disguise that offers you the chance to drop what the mind thinks it needs to hold onto knowing.
When you bump into wisdom, disguised as any variety of circumstance, the bag of groceries drops to the ground. In that moment, the mind's usual pattern is to remind you about the importance of your stories, distorted perceptions, and limiting beliefs that you just dropped, and like actual groceries, you begin picking up what you dropped so it can be used to nourish whomever you think yourself to be. The mind steers itself away from the inquiry of why the body bumped into something and dropped its bag of groceries, and remains solely focused on picking up everything it only thinks it needs.
The truth is, the mind would never understand why the body bumped into what it did, and why it dropped the groceries, and would rather avoid what it doesn't know in exchange for another moment of reaching for what it thinks it needs. We only drop what we no longer need. The wisdom that finds us in its many forms tends to shock the mind into temporarily dropping its bag of tricks. This is a way of reminding consciousness how it does not need what it is holding.
Instead of opening up to the wisdom of the moment, and letting the stories, perceptions, and beliefs fall away, we usually follow the mind's request to pick up everything that seems to have fallen, and continue with our struggle. Any mind does whatever it can to avoid the pitfall of "not knowing", or resting in the unknown.
Within the mind exists an ego that has created an imaginary sense of value with what it thinks is true. It believes what it thinks, and this sense of certainty creates a perception of value that the ego celebrates as knowing.
This knowing becomes the advice it offers to itself or anyone who would dare to engage it, and remains the reason why every ego thinks the world would be a better place, if only everyone else would follow its lead. The question then becomes whose lead do we follow, since every ego leads in every different direction?
Let's go back to the idea of your stories, perceptions, and beliefs as a bag of groceries. These groceries are only useful in the moment, to feed you for a limited time and whatever doesn't serve you is discarded, in order to make room for a fresh batch of nourishment. Imagine the ego's imaginary value of its own stories, perceptions, and beliefs being similar to a refrigerator full of food.
The ego might brag about how much food it has, and yet that food has been the same food in the refrigerator for a long period of time. What the ego thinks it's bragging about, is actually a refrigerator full of rotten food. It doesn't realize this, all it knows is how the food in its refrigerator is what it relies on to feed itself.
It wouldn't know life could be any different, since there is absolutely no room in the refrigerator for something new and fresh. The irony, of course, is the refrigerator full of rotten food will serve the ego with its illusions until not even it can tolerate the smell and it's forced to throw away what no longer works.
If the ego is so lost in its own illusion, it might make life harder on itself, imagining it's a broken refrigerator somehow causing its precious food to smell so bad. Inevitably, it is in this kind of moment, the ego has not confronted what it doesn't know, but inches toward this perspective by first getting rid of what doesn't seem to work.
All the while, the insights of life are much more compassionate than that. The role of insights is to help the ego avoid a refrigerator full of soon-to-be rotten food, by disguising itself as the wisdom that bumps into the body of the ego, as the bag of tricks it no longer needs, falls to the ground. Wisdom doesn't know why you bought the bag of tricks you carry. All it's concerned with is informing you that you are holding onto something you actually don't need – in a very simple and direct way.
If you didn't need the groceries you dropped, you would be forced to eat whatever you already have and that's the heart of the matter...you drop whatever you don't need when what you already have is enough.
Without taking this metaphor too literally, remember how the groceries you carry are the fresh stories, perceptions, and beliefs we all usually buy. We place them into the subconscious mind we are viewing in this metaphor as a refrigerator, usually pushing the rotten stuff further back. No matter how full our refrigerators tend to be with a mixture of fresh ideas and rotten perceptions, it's usually the case that even the fullest refrigerator is still never enough for the ego.
Again, the ego either feeds off what is stale and rotten, or goes shopping for something new to consume. In the spiritual journey, egos do this with teachings, knowledge, and can skip from one teacher or tradition to the next, keeping itself occupied in the search for more, while avoiding the truth of what it doesn't know.
An ego's best day is existing in a world where all it thinks it knows has somehow been the heroic insight that saved everyone from their own notions and illusions. It's worst day would then be a collision with a more expanded level of wisdom, and facing the realization that it doesn't know anything, despite how proud it is to defend what it thinks.
Another level of irony is how the spiritual seeker winds up searching for the wisdom it actually doesn't want to find. It actually wants wisdom to further validate its own thoughts, to add more imaginary value to its knowing. The last thing an ego wants is for wisdom to be a solid wall of truth that it runs into, dropping everything it holds.
The ego within the spiritual seeker may often imagine it has been brought to this crazy world and somehow, must think itself out of the hell of humanity and find the hidden world of heaven, like some reality TV show. While wisdom will be the first to inform you how much there is to know, it will also remind you that no one is asking you to know anything at all.
There are many amazing things you will discover, and their only value is whatever is realized in the moment you find them, much like a single serving of food that is fresh when you first open it, but loses its freshness if you try to save it for later.
The reality of human suffering can exist as a reaction from the ego's insistence to hold onto what it thinks it knows, and how those thoughts remain in conflict with what is actually happening. What an ego knows, not only becomes its imaginary center of power, but creates allies with anyone who agrees, and instant enemies with anyone who opposes what an ego believes. From politics, to religion, and any other issue imaginable, the conflict that arises to divide humanity is nothing more than a bunch of thoughts—all insisting at once that what it knows is spectacular and amazing, with anything else being ridiculous and ignorant.
You are here to experience life, not necessarily explain or understand it. While there is much to know, you may find yourself relieved of egoic arrogance when you can laugh at the fact that you don't know anything at all, and you only happen to know what you think you know. To think about what you know, is to remember what was once true, and that is a matter of memory, versus a keen awareness rooted in the present moment.
Any emotional conflict that may arise is the wisdom of the present moment, doing its best to embody a moment of truth that contradicts what once was true, that is no longer necessary for you to hold onto anymore. Whenever you feel emotional conflict arise, know it's the ego insisting on holding onto knowing what it knows. To relieve this burden, allow your emotions to be the alarm clock that wakes you up from your egoic dream, to remind you to remind yourself of what you don't know.
I'm not suggesting to make this into a mantra you repeat on autopilot like a magic phrase that offers enlightenment after you've said it a million times. Instead, use it as a helpful and compassionate reminder for when life feels a bit precarious. When someone cuts you off in traffic and with vengeance the ego asks, "Why?" You respond with, "I don't know." When a thought arises demanding when your millions of dollars will be here, your response can now be "I don't know."
The magic is when you meet any conflict with what you don't know, your heart opens to what actually does know. You don't actually know anything. You are just an image using the function of memory to recall what you once thought you knew, trying to keep it fresh by projecting it onto the present moment. This is like moving a loaf of stale bread that is wedged in the back of your refrigerator, hoping it will somehow become edible by moving it to the front.
I invite you to say "I don't know" with loving compassion, as it guides your attention into a moment where a peaceful space can be found amidst the deepest pain of suffering.
Whether you are in tune with angels, spirit guides, the consciousness of the Universe itself, the love of Mother Earth, or the wisdom of your Higher Self, one can only access such higher knowing by admitting that what it knows is not relevant in this present moment – where memory can only reflect the past. In that moment, the ego may feel a bit defeated, but conversely, the heart opens to allow in whatever is needed from whatever truly knows.
Whatever knows, also knows exactly what you need in this moment. Why? Because knowing only exists in its very nature to know. All any ego can do, is think about what it knew before, or what it wishes it knew, and how it feels about not knowing.
Please receive this with a soft, open hand, and instead of grasping it and answering everyone in your life with "I don't know," remember this wisdom as a temporary strategy that is reserved to support you when the need to know burns within.
Those who truly know, understand there is nothing to know, since everything is already known at the core of our being. Those who think they know, only think, and it's the "getting lost in thinking" part that leads one astray...further from the wisdom of "I don't know," leading one to believe whatever they think.
Teaching
14 Feb 2013 - 6:01pm
Embracing Confusion
by Matt Kahn
http://www.truedivinenature.com/EmbracingConfusion.htm
Often times, seekers pursue spirituality to overcome a sense of confusion. Yet, the deepest intention of spirituality is not to overcome confusion in pursuit of more clarity. It is the sincere and heartfelt willingness to find true clarity by relaxing into any sense of confusion, as an essential part of awakening to your true divine nature. Confusion arises during the unraveling of the overstimulated nervous system which represents the withering away of ego consciousness.
Think of confusion as the maturing of a flower. The confusion symbolizes the flower forgetting all the memories of being a seed, as it blossoms open to reveal its true identity; a reality no seed can ever anticipate or imagine. As memories of being a seed are forgotten, it recognizes itself not just as any flower in particular, but as the vastness of the garden miraculously exploring itself - throughout such a unique journey of blossoming.
During your experience of blossoming, any sense of confusion invites you to let go of all beliefs, identifications, and attachments to all ideas of yourself, just as the flower metaphorically forgets being a seed as it grows into the purity of itself. Ironically, the same spiritual path one pursues to advance their experience of awakening quickly becomes a path of never-ending distractions. Whenever you find yourself in pursuit of infinite spiritual ideas, or constantly engaging in endless practices, or even running toward the next spiritual milestone, you are overlooking the simplicity of relaxing into confusion by imagining it must be avoided in favor of some form of clarity.
As confusion is avoided by remaining in search of the clarity of conceptual understanding, one is led directly into further heartbreak, loss, and failure - to inevitably unravel what relaxing into confusion is always ready to reveal. If constant heartbreak, loss, and failure doesn't sound like the smoothest path available to you, then it's time to demonstrate your deepest level ofsincerity and face the experience of confusion with the innocence and curiosity of an open heart.
Once confusion arises, all one has to do is relax into it, like a seed that has finally found a home in the ground, beginning to sprout roots on a journey of growth only leading one upward.
Just like when tending to a garden, seeds don't usually need too much coaxing once they are planted in place, nor do flowersrequire specific rules to follow, or endless streams of ideas in order to grow. All they need is the gentle care and loving attention from those who are inspired to support their growth, so all the elements may come together to express the uniqueness and wondrous beauty of life's eternal Source.
The spiritual journey may include the collecting of wisdom, the repetition of practices, or following a step-by-step process promising some elusive carrot at the end of a stick. While such experiences are widely available at the beginning of the journey, they are discarded along the way. As this occurs, you are invited to shed ideas of personal security, preparing you to remain open and unopposed, as the precision of confusion invites your deepest level of sincerity to bubble up to the surface.
At this point, there are two distinct options. One is choosing to embrace confusion however it appears, while the other is a diligent need to further avoid it. You may ask yourself: Are you willing to relax into confusion and discover in yourself what no organized spiritual concept is able to reveal? Or, are you more interested in rushing back to a full-time schedule of repeating quotes to others, debating ideas of truth, and engaging in the repetition of practice that never intends to guide you beyond the need for more practice?
There is no right or wrong answer to be found here. The spiritual path always contains the ongoing theme of uncompromising sincerity. No matter what you imagine the spiritual path may help you find, all you can ever do is ask yourself the most direct questions possible to reveal where your deepest interests are ready to lead you.
No matter what feels appropriate for you at any stage of the journey, no one is ever being helped whenever you're assisting them in escaping the essential opportunity of embracing confusion. Such an opportunity is what expressions of disappointment, loss, heartbreak, and failure invite into our lives. These blessings in disguise are commonly overlooked by endless judgments through any need to constantly seek conceptual forms of spiritual clarity. If avoidance is chosen, it can quickly become the next practice you'll be inspired to constantly employ. That is, until the insistence to avoid confusion breaks apart, leaving you with no other alternative, but to face what only the innocence of heartfelt honesty may ever survive.
If you wish to assist yourself or others when awakening into spiritual maturity, discard every idea, belief, or concept that only serves to feed the hungry overthinking mind, and dare to love each and every heart - just as it is. Remember, while a seed may grow impatient in the blossoming process, the sun always knows there is nothing to rush.
video
14 Feb 2013 - 5:06pm
Published on Apr 4, 2012
As a result of the genetic modification of the Human DNA, almost all of our foundation circuits are in a state of disconnection, creating a distorted sense of self that has led to fear, shame, guilt and disease.
The disruption of the bio-circuitry relating to our primal resonant relationships with our mothers and fathers affects our ability to engage unconditionally in relationships. However, it is no longer necessary or ultimately effective to engage in lengthy post-mortems of childhood, casting ourselves into the trauma-vortex of past tragedies and injustices, reinforcing identities anchored in disempowering scenarios. By reconnecting the vital circuits that relate to conception, gestation, birth and childhood, healing is integrated on the DNA level.
The Ceremony of Original Innocence takes us back to our first choice, prior to our first breath, reminding us of our true identity - creators rather than victims.
The key to this shift in perception is forgiveness, the bedrock of the shamanic journey. To embrace forgiveness is to embody the living mandala of love, upon which is based the fundamental Human ethic, acknowledging your "response-ability" within the interconnectedness of all creation.
Although it is possible to be born with the Water Circuits connected they are almost always disrupted by guilt, regret and anger. Reconnecting these circuits clears these negative emotions, liberating relationships from destructive patterns.
The reconnection of the Thymus Circuit activates the T-cells of the immune system. This has a powerful effect on health.
With the reconnection of the Air Circuits, the pineal-hypothalamus-pituitary complex is revitalised, as the pineal is now enabled to receive the full spectrum of the geometric language of light.
Blog entry
14 Feb 2013 - 2:20pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: As I practice Yoga following your guidance, some additional questions come up regarding certain matters. I was hoping you could relate to a few of them:
1. Sexual arousal during meditation – During meditation and Pranayama I experience great sexual arousal. I know this is a usual symptom, but I believe I experience it in a rather extreme way: the sensations are very strong at times, and moreover – at times I even experience ejaculations during meditations (I do not notice it while it happens, only after the session is over). I don't even practice Siddhasana yet – it simply happens during following the mantra. Isn't it a horrible waste of Prana? Is there any recommended way to avoid it?
2. Crossing eyes during Sambhavi – the act of directing the eyes towards the point between the eyebrows quite worries me. Obviously, this is not a natural activity for the eyes, and is (even when done gently) very straining and stressing for them, especially considering the effect of accumulating effort during long periods. Isn't it hazardous to the functioning of the eyes? Couldn't it affect one's eyesight?
A: Actually, sexual arousal is not a common symptom during meditation and spinal breathing without siddhasana. It is a sign of good things happening though, as it is an advanced experience of purification. The emissions will not last, so don't be overly concerned about them. Consider it to be a stage, like wet dreams. In this case, wet spiritual dreams as you travel through a second puberty of the spiritual variety. Genital arousal and emissions will stop as the obstructions come out and normal ecstatic functioning of your lower centers in conjunction with your higher ones evolves.
When you do get into siddhasana, it will be more of a help than an aggravation to the situation. First of all, it will gradually coax your sexual energy inward and higher, and the tendency to go down with the energy will become much less. Secondly, siddhasana can be used to block emissions. When the heel is properly and comfortably placed in the soft area behind the pubic bone, the urethra can be blocked by leaning forward slightly. Not that saving a few emissions is so crucial, but the ability is there in siddhasana and can be used for that as desired. Before you bombard me with questions on that one, please go and read the tantra group lessons if you have not already. The link is near the top of the list in the links section. There you will find detailed lessons covering the management of sexual energy in relation to yoga, with more lessons and additional methods coming.
Regarding sambhavi, all practices we undertake have a "clunky" stage in the beginning, and any of the practices might seem a bit unnatural starting out. As they settle in, that perception changes. As their role in purifying and stimulating the opening of higher experiences in the nervous system occurs, the idea of unnaturalness goes by the wayside. Then we know that the practices are doing exactly as they are supposed to -- bringing up natural spiritual abilities contained within our nervous system. By the time it gets to that point, the practices are as natural as breathing, because we immediately experience bliss and ecstasy from their use. The cause and effect of them in our nervous system becomes an integral and automatic part of our neuro-biological functioning.
Don't force sambhavi. Be very easy about directing your eyes, favoring the sensation created by the slight furrowing of the brow at the point between the eyebrows. In time it becomes pleasurable and then easily becomes automatic. Your eyesight is not at risk. Thousands of yogis, sages, and saints have been using sambhavi for thousands of years without negative effects. Just the opposite; sambhavi opens our inner sight, expanding our vision through our increasingly ecstatic nervous system to encompass the cosmos. You may want to check a later lesson on doing sambhavi (#131) which gives further detail on the technique.
Interestingly, your question on sambhavi is related to your question on sexual arousal. The reason I say this is because the rise of a direct sexual connection between the physical brain and the lower centers is how the awakening of the third eye and sushumna (spinal nerve) is experienced. Sambhavi is one of the key players in this, along with spinal breathing, mulabandha, siddhasana, kechari and kumbhaka, plus a few others. Sambhavi in one form or another is prominent in all of the spiritual traditions. When the third eye/sushumna is awakened, sambhavi becomes a primary means for promoting "ecstatic conductivity" at will in the nervous system (see recent lesson #169 on ecstatic conductivity). A simple intention with the eyes is enough to produce waves of ecstasy in the nervous system of the yogi and yogini. What a treasure sambhavi is.
When the conductivity begins to come up by all the means mentioned, the sexual implications are unmistakable. From there it evolves from sexually erotic to spiritually ecstatic. The two experiences are related, being different expressions of sexual energy evolving higher in our nervous system.
You are having some shades of this already from meditation and spinal breathing only, and no doubt your fledgling sambhavi is getting into the act too. It is a sign of good things to come. Don't worry, everything will work out fine. There is nothing to fear.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed instructions on sambhavi mudra, see the AYP Asanas, Mudras and Bandhas book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#amb
For detailed instructions on tantric sexual methods, see the AYP Tantra book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#tantra
http://aypsite.com/174.html
Story
14 Feb 2013 - 7:43am
Thursday, 14 February, 2013
Dear friends,
I am Jeshua. I greet you all sincerely. I am here with a full heart. I want to share with you, for you are my brothers and sisters and I feel a deep kinship with you. I am neither more nor higher than you, we are one.
We embarked together to plant the seed of the Christ energy on Earth, a seed that over time would slowly grow and blossom into a fully mature flower. This time on Earth is one of completion of that journey. It is a time in which many seedlings begin to develop, and in many ways you are the budding flowers. Together we form a unit, a collective of souls who dedicate themselves to the birth of a new awareness. So see me no longer as a master who stands above you, but as a friend who holds you by the hand and wants to share his love with you, because I do deeply love you all.
You have an intense desire for love. You seek it in relationships with others, and also through a connection with the divine. But truly, what you are craving for lies within yourself; it is your own divine nature, the part of you that is one with unconditional love and joy. When you experience this part of you, it feels like coming home. Everything else in your life becomes easy, light, and joyful. You are at one within yourself and you do not need anything outside yourself to make you feel good. You are a unity unto yourself – and yet you feel connected with everything else in a deep and intimate way.
What is paradoxical about relationships is that you can only be intimately connected with another person if you are able to embrace the oneness within yourself. If you are ready to accept yourself, with the burdens from the past, with your highs and lows – then there is space for another person with his or her unique individuality. Then you are no longer using another person in order to come Home. Instead, you share the Home you carry within your heart with that other person. This type of relationship becomes a celebrating together, a sharing, and that is a healing relationship, whether it be with a partner, a friend, or a child; it makes no essential difference. However, love relationships – partner relationships – are the relationships that call up the most in you. They touch you profoundly and stir up deep emotions, because they seem to hold the promise of coming Home like no other relationship does.
Before I talk about love relationships, I would like to remind you that the Home you long for, that original unity from which you were born as a soul, is not far away. You can say that in the realm of time it was extremely long ago that you took your leave, symbolically speaking, ofParadise. That you went on your own path as a “soul in body” and chose a certain form in which to manifest yourself and undergo experiences and visit different places in the universe.
When you were born as an individual soul and undertook your journey, you relinquished that primal unity, which you can imagine as a warm blanket of love and light that was so familiar to you. A unity where you always felt the secure presence of a Father-Mother-God, and so you were never afraid of being alone or rejected. These “negative” concepts were not even in your understanding, and yet an archetypal power was at work in God that birthed you out of the womb of this Father-Mother-God oneness.
What was the purpose of that birthing? So you all could become independent gods! So you yourselves could become the starting point of a Father-Mother-God source of warmth and love from which an infinity of beings are created and emerge. But the farewell you bid in the beginning came to you as a shock. You realized that with this separation from oneness came the knowledge that in order to truly experience the process of evolvement, you could not know anything in advance. You realized you could only separate from that primal unity by going entirely your own way as an individual soul, who for the first time becomes acquainted with the fear and desolation and darkness of not-knowing and not-understanding.
You still carry that original experience of desolation and solitude, which may arise very strongly in the arena of love relationships. But before I address those relationships, I would like to remind you that you have the possibility to experience that primal connection at any time. When you go into dreamless sleep, you leave your body and connect with the deepest source from which you came, with God, if you want to call it that, or with the deepest core in yourself: that part of you that never left Paradise and is still there. Although you left there billions of years ago, the oneness is still within you; it is an inalienable part of your consciousness. At night, if your mind is not too active and you surrender to sleep and to the non-physical realms that you enter, then, as you leave your body, you take in that Source and so refresh yourself. Also in your daily life, you can make the connection with this reality of the divine spirit, of which you are an intimate part. By becoming very still, you can feel that presence here and now. I invite you to feel how together, as one, we all constitute part of that original face of God.
Imagine that in the middle of your chest, in your heart chakra, is a bright, beautiful crystal. Imagine it there and feel its power: a pure, clear crystal in which all facets simultaneously reflect your many experiences. This heart-crystal is also connected with everything around you. The feelings you receive from others can be reflected by this crystal, and so by receiving their moods and emotions through this crystal, you come to understand others. From this heart-crystal, you understand the experiences of others: their pain and disappointments are clear to you.
This heart-crystal is connected to the hearts of all other living beings, because we all are one. And yet you can also feel that this heart, which you carry in your chest, belongs to you: it is your soul-heart. Feel how both aspects go together. You are connected on the level of the heart – a horizontal field that connects you with everything alive – so there is no separation as we all are one. Yet you are also “one”, meaning that you are you, and no one else is exactly like you. You are an individual being and there is a vertical line which connects you directly to your Source, to God. You are in this physical body, which is the bearer of your heart, your own piece of God consciousness.
Feel the vastness of this crystal: the infinite consciousness that belongs to you and yet can go wherever it wants. It is not tied to this body, although it is in this body now, temporarily, but it is such a vast energy that ultimately it is not bound to any form. You are this consciousness; you have brought a piece of the divine fabric of the Father-Mother-God along with you here to Earth. You are whole and complete within yourself, and you are the guardian of this heart-crystal. Remember that, while we now look at the theme of love relationships.
When you fall in love with another person, there is often an intense experience of delight at the beginning of the relationship. It seems as if something gets torn wide open within you, something that was long hidden and can be only unlocked by the look of that other. Other people do not seem to see that “something” within you, but your loved one awakens the naked beauty of who you are. Your passion and your enthusiasm for life return, you feel seen and loved, and you are going to experience your own depth – the wonder of you. That is what you experience in infatuation. And although it seems to be about the other, it is really about you, what the other evokes within you, which is delicious, a miracle! You seem to become awake only then and to feel how much you have to give and how much you can be loved.
At that moment, people usually become intoxicated with the awe and wonder of this infatuation they experience, and they blindly attach themselves to the one who awakened this feeling within them. She or he has the “magic wand” in their hands, and what first led to a revelation, and a loving feeling toward yourself as well as the other, leads gradually to a flight from yourself, as you become totally focused on the other.
Then begins a struggle with the other. You will want to possess the part of them that makes you feel so good. And the other often does the same with you, and you both become immensely confused by this tug-of-war. In this way, the highest that you can give each other eventually calls up the lowest, namely jealousy, dependency, and power struggles. This is an extremely painful fall that almost everyone has experienced in their life.
How does this fall happen? There are two parts within you. From that heart-crystal I described, there is a love in you that can see the other exactly as he or she is, and can experience the beauty that is there. From this space in your heart, you can enter into an equal and balanced connection with each other, in which you acknowledge the divine in each other and in which you also do not lose sight of the human in each other. You grant the other their pain, mistrusts, disappointments, and resistance.
But from your belly there is another energy at work, something that can be a very strong, disruptive force in infatuation. I call this energy the neglected inner child, who carries a very strong and deep pain within that goes back to that original cosmic birthing pain of leaving the Father-Mother-God oneness. This child also awakens as you fall in love, and this child has many emotions that can obscure your heart. These emotions can envelop the heart-crystal and cloud the fact that you are the source of the delight and bliss you experienced in the beginning stages of romantic love. Those feelings had to do with you and the space that you gave yourself, which was made possible by the other, but it still had to do with you.
However, the child in you, who is in pain and crying out for the attention, love, and recognition it has missed for so long, may be tempted to take a kind of stranglehold on the partner; it wants to hold on at all costs in order to get for itself what it lacks. In this way, the child and the heart-crystal can end up on two opposing sides. What at first seemed to be very beautiful, turns into a destructive relationship where you are going to fight with each other and enter into a battle that nobody wants, but that happens anyway.
At the time the magic threatens to disappear, you may become desperate. At all costs, you want to cling to your partner, because you once felt a sense of absolute love with that person. You are going to fight to hold on to them, and your oldest pains, your emotions of anger, fear of abandonment, hatred even, can come into play. It is very difficult to let go of the other person even then, because you will be driven by a reminder of how good it was when all was in harmony.
It is very important that, at this stage, you know how to let go. The moment you feel your relationship going into a downward spiral, and you are going to accuse and blame each other, is the time to step back. You can injure each other so badly, precisely because you have touched each other so deeply, and that pain is hard to heal.
So dare to take a step back when you feel that you are spinning out of control, that you are being swept away by emotions that prevent you from approaching your partner with an open heart. You may sense a deep fear of being abandoned, or just the opposite: a fear of connecting so deeply to someone that you lose yourself in it. There can be other emotions such as anger or jealousy, but what is important is that you notice how the most intense emotions are more about you than about the relationship. The relationship triggered the emotions, but they themselves stem from deeper causes.
What matters now is that you turn toward the hurt and neglected child within, who is the real cause of your emotional imbalance. Doing that is not the responsibility of your partner. And you, too, are not responsible for the inner child of your partner. Making someone else responsible for your pain and expecting them to heal it leads to enormous confusion in relationships.
So, how can you see when the relationship, which was initially a loving bond, is going wrong and is getting unbalanced? Actually, there are clear signs, and one of the ways you can find out is by symbolically doing an exercise with your inner child.
Imagine you stand opposite your partner at this moment. Or take someone who is very important for you, if you currently have no partner, and allow your inner child to stand to your left. Simply imagine yourself as a child somewhere under the age of ten, and stand with that child to your left opposite your partner. Now see how the child responds to your beloved. Look at the first reaction of that child. Ask the child: “What attracted you to him or her? What did you find so irresistible? What touched your heart, what fascinated you?” And then you ask: “How do you feel now?”
Did something happen to that original quality? Can the child still feel that love? In a healing relationship, that unique quality is still very much present. It feeds you still, warms you still, while at the same time your partner has gotten a more human form, with her or his own problems and ups and downs. However, something of that original magic is still there, and because of that magic, problems can be overcome. If you notice that the magic is absent, if your inner child actually feels unloved or treated unfairly, then there is something going on to which you need to pay attention. Take the time to discover this with your inner child.
To clarify the situation, let go of the image of the inner child, and now imagine that you stand before the partner you have chosen and look how the energy of giving and receiving flows between you. First, see what you give the other and feel it, and it does not have to be expressed in words, as long as you sense it. Look at what flows from you toward the other, and sense how you feel in this moment. Do you become more energetic because of this giving, or do you feel empty and exhausted? Is giving inspiring, or do you become depleted by it? Hold on to that first feeling.
After looking at what you give to the other, take a look at the reverse interaction. What do you receive from the other? Just rely on your first feeling as it comes to you. Does what you receive feel good? Does it make your heart more open? Do you feel happier about yourself as a result of what you receive? The essence of a healing relationship is that the other gives you something that creates joy in your heart.
Finally, there is another sign of a destructive relationship. From your solar plexus – a spot close to your stomach – sense a “cord” of energy that connects you with the other. If you are sensitive, maybe you can experience that cord. What you are looking for is the feeling that you need to possess the other; that you panic at the thought that the other will no longer be here; that something pulls on that cord. If you sense that, then that is essentially an energetic umbilical cord that connects you with the other, and gives you the feeling: “I need them, I cannot do without them!” That panicky feeling shows you do not operate independently, or at least you think you are not able to do without the other, and such a dependency can lead to a destructive relationship.
In a healing relationship, it is natural to miss each other if in one way or another you would be separated. It is natural to enjoy and therefore long for each other’s company. You may want the other, but you do not need the other. But in a destructive relationship, there is something malignant at work. There is a feeling that you cannot do or be without the other, that you are dependent upon them for your well-being – maybe your very life! – and this substantially weakens you. There is a deep fear of possible rejection by the other, and that makes you feel small and constricted, and the whole relationship no longer has that joyful spaciousness and freedom it had in the beginning.
Try to feel these things for yourself, calmly, in your own way. And do not be afraid to make room in the relationship to allow yourself to feel this kind of thing. Because once you find yourself in a negative spiral in a relationship, it is often necessary that the partners distance themselves from each other, physically and emotionally, in order to realize where they each stand. At such a time, it is often not useful to try to talk things out. It is necessary that your energy fields first become free from each other in order to gain sufficient space to come back to the center of your heart-crystal. Descend with your awareness inside that beautiful clear crystal that is your essence. Do not depend on others to experience that in you; it is there for you – always. It is the whisper of God you can hear in the silence.
Feel then how, from this crystal, light rays shine onto the child in you that still suffers pain and who is still seeking outside itself for acceptance and love and security. Let your light rays fall on that child, and you can literally see that the crystal light seems to anchor itself by flowing deeper and deeper down through your belly and all the way down through your legs into the Earth.
This is your light, your unique Soul Light! You are here to experience this light in a body on Earth. Your particular light is unique, it is your Angel Light, and if you remain connected with it, then you attract healing relationships in your life. You have no “need” for another. And you also have no need to make another into something “perfect”: someone who finally sees you in the perspective you desire, and who unconditionally understands and embraces you in the way you want them to.
Unconditional acceptance and love is to be found only in your own heart – by and for yourself. Do not burden another with that duty. That absolute love is something between you and your Self. This you can only give to yourself, and when you do, you will become a fountain of love for others, because you then have become completely honest and true with yourself. You love yourself, including the dark part: that child in you who struggles sometimes and is tormented.
When you love yourself, it is easier for you to see the other person in a true perspective. You no longer have to take so personally the sometimes offensive or hurtful things that she or he says or does. Their actions and reactions belong to them, and it becomes easier to not respond too emotionally to it. The other person is no longer responsible for your soul’s salvation – you are. You are the master of your world, your reality.
You all are on this path to self-realization, and already you are touching other people with your heart-crystal: you are giving sparks of love and hope to them. I thank you for coming to Earth at this time, in this period of change and transition. I am with you and I care for you deeply. You are my brothers and sisters, and I love you.
Copyright © Pamela Kribbe - Permission is granted to copy and redistribute this article on the condition that the URL www.jeshua.net is included as the resource and that it is distributed freely.
Blog entry
14 Feb 2013 - 6:32am
From Spirit Science this is number 22.....I suggest anyone who is interested to check out Spirit Science.net and begin at #1....this is the best explaination of Spirituality and the science behind what we are experiencing within the awakening and ourselves. The narrator is Patch man.....this chit is interesting to me so I wanted to share it.
Blog entry
14 Feb 2013 - 4:02am
Forgiveness is very powerful tool we can choose to use. And when used effectively, you are letting go of that particular person and or situation which has brought anger and resentment to your life for so many years. In forgiving others, you are also forgiving yourself and freeing your mind, body, and soul. There is not a wrong or right way to do it. All it takes is sincerity from the Heart. Learn to forgive. It does a whole lot of good for you. ♥
Blog entry
13 Feb 2013 - 5:14pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: Thanks for your lesson on bastrika, the fast vigorous spinal breathing pranayama. Kindly just mention what should be the ideal number of bastrika breaths per minute. Also, I am doing bastrika for about 5 minutes. Is this ok?
A: The bastrika pace is like a dog panting comfortably. No cycle time is ideal. What is comfortable for you is ideal. Sometimes it will speed up or slow down by itself. The nervous system knows what it needs. Go with it as long as it does not become uncomfortable.
Five minutes of spinal bastrika is much too long starting out. If you are new to this practice, do only two minutes until you know your experience in practice and daily activities is smooth. Then you can inch your time up, monitoring your experiences along the way. You may wish to review the lesson on spinal bastrika again at http://aypsite.com/171.html
Wishing you much success in your practices.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed instructions on building a balanced practice routine with self-pacing, see the AYP Eight Limbs of Yoga book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#8lim
http://aypsite.com/173.html
Teaching
13 Feb 2013 - 11:18am
CHAKRA FIVE – POWER OF COMMUNICATION
http://energymedicinedna.com/chakra-five#Harmony_fifth
Element: Sound
Color: Blue
Goal: Communication
Essential Oils: Gathering, Harmony, Into The Future
The fifth chakra is associated with the throat and the Cervical Ganglia Medulla nerve plexus which governs the respiratory system and the thyroid in the endocrine system. The information contained in the fifth chakra relates to communication, choice, strength of will, capacity to make decisions, speech, individual needs and self -expression.
Signs of Deficiency in the fifth Chakra
Being introverted and shy
Having a soft, weak voice
Fear of speaking
Difficulty using words appropriately
Being secretive
Signs of Excess in the fifth Chakra
Excessive talking
Talking loudly and quickly, using talking as a defense
Poor listening skills
Gossiping
Stuttering
Interrupting others, inability to be silent
The imbalance of the subtle energy around the body shows up in the chakras. Remember they are like computers that receive and analyze all the information that comes in. This imbalance affects us emotionally and ultimately affects the physical health of the body.
Emotional issues related to the fifth chakra
Inability to express oneself
Indecisiveness
Being critical and judgmental
Having a lack of will
Being dishonest and/or giving mixed messages
Health issues that may arise from fifth chakra imbalances
Chronic sore throat
Mouth ulcers
Gum difficulties
Throat cancer
Laryngitis
Joint problems
Swollen glands
Thyroid Problems
Here are some tools that bring self-expression and creativity to the body.
Sit and image a grounding cord going down from the base of your spine into the center of the earth. This grounding cord can be like a waterfall, a tree trunk or a beam of light. Sense the grounding cord going down all the way through the earth to the fiery center of Mother Earth. Release Energy down your grounding cord starting at the top of your head, down your neck and the channels on either side of your spine, all the way down your grounding cord to the center of the Earth. Take a deep breath and continue to release energy keeping this grounding cord attached near the base of your spine and the center of the earth. With practice you will begin to stay grounded. You can get my Chakra CD for a more extensive grounding practice as well as to learn to clear your chakras.
Energy gets stuck in the fifth chakra from unexpressed thoughts and beliefs. Also other people can unknowingly send us energy that blocks our ability to communicate as well. I see this often when I am doing psychic readings. I may see some blocked energy coming from the back of the neck. When I read this situation it is often a friend or family member of the client who does not want the client to say something or to make a decision that would affect them negatively. A great way to keep the throat chakra clear is through singing. Find some music you love and sing along. Sing loudly and softly and play with the sound. Let it be fun.
Toning is also a great way to clear the fifth chakra. I remember about 20 years ago while taking a bath I realized I was getting sick. All of the sudden I felt feverish and started feeling really ill. I intuitively began to tone, to make sound deep from my belly. I did this for about 10 minutes, just varying the sound, naturally following what felt right and was able to heal myself immediately. I was so excited and surprised about this I researched and found a tape on Toning by Steven Halpren. I started practicing moving energy through my throat chakra using the sounds of A…E…I….O…and U. Use this same method to clear your fifth chakra starting with A… and toning quietly and then getting louder and move the tone up and down feeling it in your whole body. I found that this not only clears the 5th chakra, but clears all of the chakras. You can just focus on each chakra and then use sound to clear yourself.
Chanting is another way to clear the 5th chakra. There are many great chants available from many sources. Find the chants that feel healing to your body.
Telling stories is another way to clear the fifth chakra. Talking with others from your heart is particularly helpful. The other side of this is to stop telling stories about negative things that have happened to you if you find you tell the same story over and over. Once you stop focusing on this past, you will free up for new energy for the present.
Journaling and automatic writing is helpful to clear the fifth chakra. If you find when you journal you come across something that has a charge or is significant, read this aloud or share it with a friend. If something continues to come up over and over you may want to read it again and again until it no longer has a charge for you.
Try these blends to assist in balancing the fifth chakra. Remember for medical issues, it is important for you to contact your medical provider.
Although you can find essential oils elsewhere, I have chosen these for their purity and high quality.
Gathering helps overcome the chaotic energy that bombards our everyday life and clouds our focus, thus diverting us from the path leading to higher achievement. Gathering combines galbanum and frankincense oils from resins used by Moses for incense with sandalwood to help gather our emotional and spiritual forces so we can achieve greater unity of purpose.*
Essential Oils: lavender, frankincense, spruce, geranium, sandalwood, rose, galbanum, ylang ylang, cinnamon bark.
Harmony is an exquisite blend that promotes physical and emotional well-being by bringing harmonic balance to the energy centers of the body. The liberating, balancing, and calming essential oils in this blend open us to new possibilities, while contributing to an overall feeling of well-being.*
Essential Oils: geranium, angelica, bergamot, lavender, spruce, ylang ylang, sandalwood, palmarosa, rosewood, Spanish sage, rose, frankincense, jasmine, lemon, orange, Roman chamomile.
Into The Future was formulated to foster feelings of determination and a pioneering spirit, helping you leave the past behind so that you can move forward. Rather than accepting mediocrity because of fear of the unknown, using this blend will enhance enjoyment of challenges leading to success.*
Essential Oils: clary sage, Idaho tansy, juniper, ylang ylang, frankincense, orange, white fir, jasmine, cedarwood.
*These statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. These products are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease.
Story
13 Feb 2013 - 7:25am
Greetings beloved ones, only just one step into this new and highly pivotal year and already one change, one dramatic change has taken place that will be the beginning of redefining who you are and your spirituality.
We speak of course of Pope Benedict and his resignation from the post. A nigh on unique move certainly within the last 500 years, for most Popes have held on to the position for which they fought and clawed for, many lied and some indeed even killed to get to the position of ultimate power within the Roman Catholic Church. Now suddenly you have a Pope who’s going in exactly the opposite direction.
Many stories will be put about and indeed it only needs your own eyes to show the effect the 7 years of sitting upon the Papal Throne has had upon him and his health. And so now he will go into seclusion and what secrets does he take with him and what has caused such a dramatic change in this man? Many have reigned through sickness and up until death, so therefore is that the answer that he is sick? Are we going to give you the answer? Certainly not, for although we may have a fairly good awareness as to what has created it, this is his and his to give out alone if he should so desire.
But is it not strange that we get into this year 2013 Anno Domini and this bombshell is dropped. We think that as time moves forward and more information comes out about this happening, that he will be lauded for being the most honest and truly spiritual leader in all it’s senses, of many decades and indeed centuries.
This begs the question does it not as to what will the Roman Catholic Church do now? Will it change? Will it become more open? Or will it try to continue in exactly the same manner that it has for century upon century, pretending to be open and available for all and yet behind those great walls of the Vatican there sit those who plan and will continue to plan for their own domination of what is around them.
A true Church and indeed one must say a ‘true religion’ is there to unite the individual human beings in their own personal quest and their own common cause to allow them to express their love for themselves, for those around them and for those upon other realms. To allow them to become at one with their own spiritual being, to be comfortable with that being and to allow it to guide them in love and in friendship as they move through lifetime after lifetime.
Are there truly any churches or religions that have this as their pre-eminent intention? If so we laud them for they are doing the work that they should and need to do and need oh so badly to do at this time. There is this one step, this one time when the Roman Catholic Church can take stock of itself, can look around, look at it’s history, look at it’s current situation and even to a degree look into the future and for once it has a wonderful opportunity to become what in many people’s eyes it should be.
To become that place of love and compassion, that place of hope, that place of divine guidance. Not a manipulation, not a control, not of power, not of money – for once it has that chance to make that change.
Will it make it? Time will tell will it not.
Do we hold our breath in anticipation? Certainly not.
Do we say it cannot happen? Certainly not.
There is an opportunity, this is the time, this is the place, this is the now, this is when it needs to happen. This is when this religion can truly once again become the leader that it always purported to be, but in essence rarely was. It will take very brave and dedicated souls to bring this about. It will need strength and courage, determination and the capacity to continue on whatever is hurled at them.
Let’s hope that such people rise now and look to take over the mantle on what has the opportunity to lead this world of yours and of ours forward into a New Age. Let us dear friends see what will happen.
Please visit our website – www.alightbeingsjourney.com
video
13 Feb 2013 - 2:29am
I know you have questions - perhaps a lot of them - and many of them feel as though they will go unanswered for all eternity. Not so! Divining Truth will give you the answers to the most daunting questions in your mind, your life and in all of your relationships. No longer do you need to wander around wishing there was someone with the answers you seek so desperately. Now, one book houses the responses you are looking for all in one place and all emerging from within the divinity of the Cosmic Mind. If you have any doubts, read excerpts at www.diviningtruth.com. You will not only be sold, you will be relieved!
Divining Truth, Straight Talk From Source (the story) is a compilation of 75 of the most commonly asked questions about God, religion, life, relationship and spirituality. The answers furnished are in the first person voice of God as the I AM. Without involving belief systems or religion, the author takes the reader on a virtual cosmic ride within the Cosmic Mind.
Story
12 Feb 2013 - 10:06pm
A New Message From VERONICA
WHAT IS IMPORTANT ON YOUR JOURNEY
www.innerwhispers.org
"Each day in the linear is filled with distractions in your spiritual awareness. A focus on who and what your energy represents is important on your journey.
Perhaps begin each day with an acknowledgement of what your do have as opposed to what you don't.
Spiritual awareness is a critical factor in the progress one makes while incarnate. Thus, it is imperative to remain in contact with the core energy that has created this linear experience.
Take the time to exchange energy with your soulful intent. It is often left behind in the "tasks" of the day. Focus on what appeals to your soul rather than what appears to be an immediate satisfaction of the physical world.
We realize that most have forgotten what truly resonates within them. Often this leads to confusion and difficulty. Perhaps realign everything so that your growth becomes the focal point, instead of the physical clutter.
Design each day to include your awareness of who you are. This is a soulful awareness, not a physical one. You have had many linear names, occupations, and participations, yet you have one soul. Treat it with reverence. Each day appreciate the linear opportunities, and yes obstacles.
They will advance your energy while the linear will remain, yet recede into memory.
Make each day an opportunity to be a true representative of your soul.
Be full of grace with an awareness of spirit.
It's really the path."
-VERONICA
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 9:13pm
IMPECCABLE INTENTION AND OUR CAPACITY TO MANIFEST
www.ascension101.com - February 2013
Manifestation of our “wishes” is becoming more and more instant. The choreography of Universal support to our desired outcomes is more powerful every day.
Younger children, teenagers, and young adults, seem to be able to manifest much faster than we did at their age, or, in many cases, us now.
That’s because they don’t have the same programs we were injected with, they are growing up in a higher vibrational environment, and “manifestation” is in their every day vocabulary.
Impeccability [jet propels] our manifestation capacities. But how do we achieve a state of impeccability? What does impeccability even mean?
According to the Merriam-Webster dictionary, impeccability means, “not capable of sinning or liable to sin”, and “free from fault or blame; flawless”. The origin of the word is “Latin impeccabilis, from in- + peccare to sin”.
To sin, in most languages, means “missing the target” or a “separation from the law of God.”
Translated into non religious language, this basically means veering away from our Higher Self. Veering away from our core essence energy, which is Light/Love.
How do we know if we are being impeccable? Well, if we are thinking of something we want in our lives, but it has any lower vibrational thoughts, emotions, or physical reactions, it is the emotion that will be manifested.
Anything that doesn’t quite resonate “right” in our physical and emotional bodies, is “separate from our higher self”.
Therefore, if we want a large, beautiful, house because we want to “show them how we really are better than them,” whomever “them” are, we manifest poverty. Or we want to find our “soul mate” because we are extremely lonely and can’t stand the thought of another visit to the movie theater alone, we manifest “lonely”. Some of the loneliest people I have met are living with a significant other.
And sometimes we want to manifest things because we are taught that those are the right things to have in order to be “happy”.
Most lower vibrational “reasons” attached to our goals and wishes, are based on fear or need. And many times, the hidden reasons for us not to manifest are also fear, or need.
Sometimes we can be afraid to manifest things, especially money or healthy relationships, because we are afraid we will “abuse power,” and sometimes it is because we are afraid we will “lose it” afterward. And sometimes it is because “we are not ready to commit” to the response-ability of it. I recently experienced this last one myself!
What can we do?
Make a list of three things you want to manifest very quickly. It could be something physical, part of our environment, a type of human relationship to end or start, an emotional change, anything at all.
Decide on which one is the most important to you.
Ask yourself if this is “your own” desire. If you get a “no”, ask your body if it is “her/his desire”. (If you are having difficulty communicating with your body, do the “Reconnecting with the Physical Body Exercise” in your Ascension101 Course for the next 21 days.)
Ask yourself “why” you/your body wants it. Take a look at the answer, is it fear based? Is it “need” based? Process it.
Ask yourself “why” you/your body wants it, again, and see what the core energy is of that response. If it is a lower vibration, process it. And repeat until there are no more answers.
Once there are no more answers, the final answer is usually, “because I want to be happy”.
Manifest a state of joy in your physical, mental and emotional bodies right now. Gratitude for something wonderful in your life is a great way to go into a state of joy.
Once you are in complete joy, you are free. Once you are free, you can revisit the thing you want to manifest and see if you “need it” now, or not.
Once you no longer “need it”, or have any negative vibrations attached to it, you are home free.
Basically what we are doing here is removing the manifestation item from our lower vibration (separation from Source), and putting it squarely inside Source (love/light).
We manifest with our physical, emotional and mental bodies. If they are in “need”, “fear”, “anger”, or any other type of energy that is not joy, light, love, they will manifest the emotions and situations we “believe” are possible.
We create the fifth dimension, we create the physical world, we create what happens in our lives. We have been doing so since we were born, but unconsciously. We do it based social rules, and programs such as fears, needs, and the illusion of lack. What we accomplish with the exercises above, is that we start creating our world consciously. That is the only difference! We become aware of the process, and we consciously manifest.
The higher our vibration, and the more in touch we are with our body, emotions and mind, the faster we can manifest a fantastic reality, not just for ourselves, but for the entire human collective.
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 3:38pm
awakeningconnections.org/CompassionateCommunication.html
.
.
COMPASSIONATE COMMUNICATION, or Nonviolent Communication (NVC) is a powerful practice for creating a heart-centered and empathic connection with ourselves and others. This process helps us connect to what is alive in us, moment-to-moment, and inspires us to discover what is needed to create a harmonious, enriched and wonderful life.
Dr. Marshall Rosenberg, a clinical psychologist, developed this form of communication during the Civil Rights era. He was inspired by principles of nonviolence as taught by Mahatma Gandhi, and influenced by the humanistic approach of Carl Rogers and from his study of comparative religion. In NVC, relationships are guided by compassion and everyone's needs are met peacefully. Key to this process is accepting personal responsibility for our choices and compassion becomes our language and motivation for our actions, rather than fear, guilt, blame, or shame.
Through the practice of Compassionate Communication/NVC, we learn to live from a state of Healing Presence and what is often referred to as NVC Consciousness. It is from this opened-heart state of being where we can clarify what we are observing in ourselves and others, what emotions we are feeling, what values we want to live by, and what we want to ask of ourselves and others. We no longer need to use the language of blame, judgment or domination. We can experience the deep pleasure of authenticity, while contributing to each other’s well-being.
So how does Compassionate Communication/NVC work?
• Helps us connect with one another and ourselves in a way that allows our natural compassion to flourish, with Two Aspects of Communication:
1. EMPATHY
- Self-Empathy (a deep and compassionate awareness of one’s own inner experience)
- Empathic Listening (listening to another with deep compassion)
2. HONEST SELF-EXPRESSION
(expressing oneself authentically in a way that is likely to inspire compassion in others).
•Guides us to reframe the way we express ourselves and listen to others by Focusing our Consciousness
on Four Areas known as NVC Skills:
1. What are the Observations?
(carefully observe what is affecting us or others, without evaluation)
2. What are the Feelings?
(differentiate from thoughts, identify without judgment, blame, criticism)
3. What are the Needs?
(connect with universal needs/values that are being met or not being met)
4. What are the Requests? (clear requests without demands, that will enrich all of our lives)
Compassionate Communication/NVC fosters deep listening, respect, and empathy and generates a mutual desire to give from the heart. It creates a path for healing and reconciliation in many applications. Some use it to respond compassionately to themselves, some to create greater depth in their personal relationships, and others to build effective relationships at work or in the political arena. Worldwide, NVC is used to mediate disputes and conflicts at all levels.
Teaching
12 Feb 2013 - 3:14pm
Spiritual Integrity: Live a Life of Purpose and Divine Connection
By Raven Smith
awakeningconnections.org/spiritualintegrity.html
"Live from your Spiritual Integrity. Follow through on commitments without stress, confusion, or fear.
Be inspired, energized, and clear about who you are and where you are going."
Have you ever made a commitment to yourself and not followed through? Do you wish you had more energy and space to create change in your life? Are you often confused about what your purpose really is, or how to manifest it?
Are you ready to step into your innate fullness and integrity?
Spiritual Integrity is a path to wholeness. When we live from our own Spiritual Integrity we follow through on our commitments without stress, confusion, or fear. We are constantly inspired and energized to respond to change with eyes wide open. We are clear about who we are and where we are going. Our actions are in alignment with our heart. Each day is a playful co-creation with the Divine.
Many of us learn what integrity is from the outside in. We take on rules and beliefs that are handed down from our parents and grandparents, church, schools, and communities. Often these rules are not in alignment with who we are, or are completely contradictory. And yet we still try to be good and follow what the outside world tells us we should be. Or we rebel, throwing our energy in the opposite direction without really knowing what is true for us.
Spiritual Integrity teaches us how to reclaim our truth from the inside out. At our core, we each have a beautiful and unique essence and purpose. But we cover this shining light of clarity and inspiration with layers and layers of other people's opinions, thoughts, and desires. We live not who we are, but who we believe others want us to be. We ignore our own truth with the hopes that we will be accepted and loved if we are nice. Or we spend all of our precious energy fighting other people's opinions. Spiritual Integrity is about the willingness to go deeper into yourself to find out who you are, beyond the walls of the known.
Spiritual Integrity is a re-membering, a weaving of our scattered parts into a solid whole. We step back into our Spiritual Integrity when our thoughts, actions, and emotions stem from our essence, rather than our strategies and old patterns. Each of us has tasted integrity, those moments when we feel open and aligned with our highest selves. These times are the ones we look back on and say, "Yes, that was my integrity. That was wholeness. That was my essence shining brightly in the world."
Mental integrity comes when you release your inner judge and stop punishing yourself. You view yourself with compassion instead of criticism. You learn from your mistakes gracefully, and can quiet your mind's chatter so you consistently hear your own true voice.
Emotional integrity allows you to release old hurts and find forgiveness for yourself and others. You are no longer trapped by the past. Anytime you are triggered by outside events and feel emotional pain you do not blame others, but use your tools to clear and open back to emotional fluidity.
Physical integrity arises when your actions align with your heart, not your strategies. Each of us takes on a strategy to help us understand the world around us and make us feels safe. When you understand what your primary strategy is and how you physically act it out in the world you come to a place of choice rather than habit. Choice is the foundation of physical integrity.
Infinity is so beautiful
that we cannot comprehend
only in the spiritual
can you feel without end
The unknowable can comfort
when you simply let it in
in harmonic concert
let your universe begin
.
.
Spiritual Integrity is a cellular recognition that you are not your mind, emotions, or body, but the light that illuminates from within. As you move more and more into Spiritual Integrity your mind, emotions, and form become sweetly transparent, so the luminous light of your spirit radiates out.
About the Author
Raven Smith is a mentor in the Eagle Knight lineage of don Miguel Ruiz, author of The Four Agreements. Raven co-authored Spiritual Integrity and runs Spiritual Integrity Coaching with his wife, Heather Ash Amara.
Blog entry
12 Feb 2013 - 6:42am
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Hello Son,
DNA Transformation and Programming Part 1
During ascension the whole body will change. This means that, the programming of man is going to be updated in line with the fifth dimensional, realm. This programming is in the DNA of each cell.
When we look inside the DNA it is made up of strands of 12,24,36,72 and 96. These strands will be programmed to accept the new frequencies of this era. Inside each strand of DNA is a particular piece of knowledge from the Creator.
What the Creator is doing now is making sure that all our requirements for the next dimension are going to be met. In this world our emotions and desires were the driving force for each purpose in this life; we were able to achieve so much in life due to the energies and abilities we possessed inside the programming of each of our cells. All the resources and requirements were met so that there would be no hindrance at any one time. We had all the intellect all ready to use.
However, the new fifth dimension requires us to update our ideas and vibrations to accept the new realms. In this world we exist because we have accepted, inside of us we exist in a gravitational world.
Some people will not accept the changes as they are vibrating at a lower
frequency. They will not be able to comprehend the process of ascension and will have to be removed from the planet. The people, who will stay, are those vibrating at the same frequency as in the new Mother Earth.
This frequency must harmonize and blend into the wavelength of Mother Earth and she must accept us. If there is any interference and she rejects us then we will no longer fit into her plans of ascension.
Mother Earth is angry that the world is so polluted and all its resources are being used for greed and not been shared out amongst the people.
In the last weeks I have constantly emphasized how important it is to raise the vibration of oneself. The higher vibration we achieve at this moment will benefit us during the ascension process. The adjustment we make will be less emotionally painful to the body and its consciousness.
Your DNA is changing slowly and sometimes very quickly depending on the high energy days like last weekend. The new waves of energy are being accepted and there are no hindrances from the consciousness. The link you have with your higher self is a lot stronger as every day you listen to its ideas and suggestions. It is guiding you on every day things.
As you break up from school, concentrate on reading the material you have at this time. It will enrich you and boost up the energy levels.
I will see you next time.
Your mother from the 15th dimension.
Teaching
12 Feb 2013 - 2:58am
Prior to manifesting in your reality, an idea arrives in your consciousness first as the seed of a thoughtform. The seed of a soulmate reunion is planted in your conscious mind by your higher self. This seed is usually in the form of a vision, idea or feeling. This seed will generate a great sense of anticipation within you. As you become increasingly aware of this seed that is now growing in your consciousness, you can take steps to accelerate its growth process.
Nurtured in the rich ground of your life force energy, this seed sprouts and thrives in the bright sun of your attention. As the seedling sends down roots, it gathers and coalesces energy, forming a small vortex that magnetizes what it needs to grow and thrive. One thing this seedling magnetizes to itself is your awareness and attention. As your awareness of this thriving seedling (conscious or subconscious) increases, it spins out more thoughts around it. Over time these thoughts build a belief. As your belief in the viability of the "seedling" builds, your emotions begin to "love it into being" through joy and anticipation. When an idea matures in your consciousness, it becomes powerful enough to magnetize a physical counterpart in your physical reality.
When the timing is right for a soulmate reunion - when your consciousness has grown to the extent that you have begun to balance the energies of your conscious and subconscious minds - the next step in your spiritual path is to magnetize a soulmate into your physical reality. This is a being that can help you further refine your inner balance of "heaven and earth."
Meeting with Your Higher Self
One way to accelerate the growth and feeding of a soulmate reunion is to hold a meeting in consciousness with your higher self. In this communion, open to receive the higher vision of your soulmate reunion. This vision will reveal to you the spiritual purpose for uniting with a soulmate. You will gain clarity and understanding of how this reunion serves the higher purpose for both you and your soulmate. It will also be revealed how your soulmate reunion will assist and benefit the higher good of all others. Prepare yourself in consciousness to embrace and carry out this vision, which greatly accelerates the growth of your soulmate connection in consciousness.
Celebrations in Consciousness
Once you have received the vision for your soulmate reunion, you're ready to celebrate this union in consciousness. Merge your consciousness with that of your higher self and experience the joy and growth this reunion will bring. This merging in celebration opens a new space inside your heart that increases your capacity for joy and love. You can return to this space any time you wish, expanding and energizing it with your joy and anticipation.
Inviting a Soulmate to Join You
When you're ready, you can enter this space of celebration within yourself and invite a soulmate to join you in consciousness. There are a number of souls with whom you share a special connection and resonance. You hold "pending soulmate contracts" with all these souls. As you "send out the call" in consciousness, this broadcast is received by the souls with whom you hold pending soulmate contracts. Timing and degree of resonance will determine which of the souls responds to your call. Once you have signaled your readiness, rest assured a soul will respond.
This soul will begin to visit your "celebration space” in consciousness. Each time you meet inside the space within consciousness, you further align your energies. When your energies are sufficiently aligned, you will both "know" a physical meeting is imminent. The key at this stage is to relax, celebrate and remain awake and aware of visions and other forms of guidance as they arrive. Your higher self will be working "behind-the-scenes” to bring about your soulmate reunion in physical reality. The willingness to listen for and follow intuitive guidance insures that you show up at the right place at the right time to take the final step in manifesting your soulmate reunion.
Excerpt from Manifesting Your Inner Soulmate in Physical Reality By DL Zeta
http://www.celestialvision.org/manifesting-your-inner-soulmat/
& Meeting a Soulmate in Consciousness: a Guided Meditation
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Teaching
12 Feb 2013 - 2:51am
As you continue to expand spiritually, you can extend your consciousness into other locations in time and space. The possibilities are endless and only limited by the scope of your imagination.
Each person is able to project their consciousness to any desired location in time and space. You can project your consciousness to a point in the past where you’re able to view past events from an expanded perspective. Seeing an old situation in a new and expanded way helps you see-through any emotional densities you may have assigned to events at a time when your understandings were not as great as they are now.
You can visit another location on Earth, another location anywhere in the universe and at any point in time - past or future. Once you have projected your consciousness into a location, it becomes a point on the map of your consciousness you can return to. Your travels in consciousness become part of your memory field.
These “memories” are as real as any others; they are part of who you are. Being able to project your consciousness into a much larger perspective is emotionally freeing. That is because you are able to see the bigger picture of what is happening at the moment.
Stepping beyond the confines of your physical existence allows you to see the interconnectedness of all things. Any time you’re able to shift from the small picture of what you’re experiencing to the larger picture, you are able to understand the meaning of what’s happening. When you can project your consciousness into the bigger picture, you make decisions from a broader framework.
When you project your consciousness into the point on the map where you are creating your future, you’re able to make conscious adjustments in your present efforts. It’s not that you’re creating new spaces in consciousness; you're simply stretching into more of what’s already there. Just as the map is not the road, your current understandings and the points on the map you have discovered so far are not the totality of your consciousness. Your experiences are points on the map of your infinite consciousness.
Discovering and Healing Past Traumas
As you learn to chart and access other aspects of yourself, you may become aware of inner wounds you have carried over into your present lifetime. You’re able to track through time to other “yous” still experiencing traumatic or troubling events.
These other “yous” experiencing trauma broadcast signals through time that you continuously pick up on until you heal the wound within yourself. It’s by coming into awareness of these other “yous” that you are able to free your spirit from past events and gain the understandings you were seeking by creating the original events.
Visiting a Future Creation
Just as you can heal your past within your present moment, you can also visit your future to gain important knowledge and information. You do this by looking at your dreams and visions of what you want to create in this lifetime. Track your intended creations into the future to witness their arrival in physical reality. You do this through the eyes of future “yous” within this lifetime. This allows you to fine-tune your creations and learn from the aspects of yourself who have completed the experiences that are “in progress” within your present moment.
You can learn how to live your life right now by visiting your last day on Earth in this lifetime. During this visit, you may receive information of important undertakings that might be left undone if you stay on your present course. In this way, you are able to make course adjustments now. You can also visit your next lifetime to seewhat will be "carried over" from this lifetime that you could clear up and resolve now.
Excerpt from The Future is Here Now: Steps to Accessing Fifth-Dimensional Consciousness By DL Zeta
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/the-future-is-here-now/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Teaching
12 Feb 2013 - 2:47am
As we align ourselves with our higher self we're able to embrace all that comes before us by shining the light of our love and understanding on it. Our higher self sees everything through the lens of love and compassion. Through this lens, we see that even those who show up in our lives to assist us with our harshest lessons are doing so out of love at the soul level.
When we are able to see life through the eyes of our higher self, resentments and feelings of victimhood fade. We feel ourselves as one within ourselves and with all others. This is the path of self-realization where we are the living embodiment of the gifts we came here to share. Choosing to align with our higher self shifts us to fifth-dimensional timelines where we join with others to anchor love and peace to the earth plane.
Our Present Moment is the Bridge between Past and Future Selves
One way we align with our higher self is to become the higher self for our other aspects or "selves" in this lifetime. Our present moment is the vehicle for serving as the bridge or guide to all our selves in this lifetime. The present is always the bridge between the past and future.
When our present-moment self chooses to serve as bridge between past and future aspects, we automatically set ourselves on our chosen path for this lifetime. When we set the intention to serve as the higher self for this lifetime we begin to see all our "selves" through the lens of unconditional love. There is no judgment of past selves or fear for our selves in the future. Serving as the bridge between past and future also opens the door to blessings and guidance from a much expanded future self.
Creating the Causes of an Empowered Future Self
When we choose to serve as the bridge for our past and future, we create the causes of an empowered future self that is able to bring us needed insights and guidance with impeccable timing. At the same time, we bring about healing and release to younger aspects of our selves that are trapped in emotional traumas of the past. As our present-moment self acts on behalf of past and future aspects, the present takes care of itself. The focus shifts from the ego's desires to one of love and service.
Our ego desires love at the root but is easily distracted by a myraid of objects, people and situations for reasons that are illusory, conditional and fleeting. From a place of limited understanding, illusory distractions look like the eternal love we are seeking. By choosing the path of service to our "selves," we choose true unconditional love and are able to see through illusory distractions that appear before us.
The Path of Love and Service Naturally Extends to All Others
Serving our past and future helps us grow spiritually and experience inner oneness and unity. The choice to become higher self to our past and future selves allows us to move through life as a unified being. This path of service and love naturally extends to all others. As we incubate the state of love and oneness within ourselves, we're able to share this with the world. It is from this place of world service and oneness that we are truly able to walk through this lifetime holding hands with our higher self on the path of unity and compassion.
For more on working with your future self, see Messages from the Future: Adopting Your Future Self as Guide and Mentor by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/messages-from-the-future-ebook/
For more on timelines, see Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
Also see: Traveling Time to Meet a Future Self in Consciousness
Traveling Time to Release Energetic Bookmarks: A Soul Retrieval Journey
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
Blog entry
11 Feb 2013 - 7:00pm
www.youtube.com/watch
Since I am not sure the embed code is working for me, here is the link. Very interesting! http://www.youtube.com/watch?annotation_id=annotation_178448&feature=iv&src_vid=q1LCVknKUJ4&v=_cKj3kx4NTY
Blog entry
11 Feb 2013 - 6:06pm
So I'm sitting there taking the second bite out of a sandwich, and it suddenly felt like I had been punched in the side of the neck/head. The muscles from my cheek down under my ear around the point of my jaw slammed into a muscle cramp. I hollered.
It is still very sore, I have been icing it. Truly though, I have never experienced anything like this one. I get leg cramps some, my hand muscles cramp if I've run the saw too long. I keep some magnesium/quinine pills around for the leg cramps in the middle of the night.
Anyway, my wife has explained the 3D physiology to me well enough, she rubbed it a bit.
What I was curious is, twofold, have any of you ever had this happen? and do you have any interpretation from a spiritual standpoint?
It's as if someone cold-cocked me just under the ear with a shovel or baseball bat or something. On my right side. What do you have for me here, lightworkers? Thank you in advance.
Shine Bright.
Story
11 Feb 2013 - 6:03pm
11-Feb-2013
Hello Son,
Standing firm in a hurricane of denial and prejudism
There is much ridicule even now for those who are awake and know the truth; but stand firm in this hurricane of denial and prejudism, for they know not what you know.
This is indeed a testing time for YOU and your faith must be strong to withstand the strongest winds.
Your awakening at this lowest time in humanity is a miracle and you are indeed the light bearers of the new world that is unfolding. So be not afraid or hide but speak openly when you can, for today’s ignorance is another man's belief in awakening.
Many are now realizing that they read signs or came across messages years ago, but they ignored them. This is because they did not understand as they could not connect the dots, to decipher the meaning.
With a sigh of relief they now know the truth.
Dear ones your foundation must be your backbone to greater WISDOM, so stand firm.
There is an unfolding and recognition taking place before your eyes; a connection with the higher source is having an effect on your clarity of thinking.
Your mother; be the force and light for everyone.
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Further Reading: Signpost to the Source
Blog entry
11 Feb 2013 - 4:44pm
Dear Ones!
It is indeed exciting times and we have been zapping your crusty earthy bits all week! It is indeed still darkest before the dawn and we send you a divine message to help you through these times... cough cough... hold on tight!
So anyway I was pruning in the diamond vault this afternoon when a thought suddenly struck me. (Can we please regard the four c's before donating diamonds via my website guys, it is such a hassle dealing with the lesser supreme diamonds. I have to fly tip them into the sun! Anyhows, after all the work I have done on this planet I have not yet updated my CV. What a silly sausage I am DEAR ONES! Not that there is a job vacancy, divine in nature, priceless in wages and planetarily huge enough to catch my interest but my... I have been learning Italian recently...
So, cough, cough, (sorry it is diamond dust) here goes.
NAME: I AM SANASALADMANTANGOTILILLI Master of the known and unknown Universe, Lord of the Mothership, Commander of the Light Machine, Leader of the Council of 542, Twister of perceptions, Angelic being on high and second in line only to GOD.
ADDRESS: 1, The Mothership, Outer Atmosphere, Earth, The Solar System, Milky Way, Known Universe.
AGE: Aquarius
D.O.B: Big Bang ~ like everyone, DEAR children these C.Vs are very confusing for ascended beings like myself.
Supporting Statement: In my new role I would wish to take a more traditional approach to reorgnising and further strengthing the hold, I mean, the allure of religion. I propose the following slight changes to bring this former cash cow back to its former glory.
1. With my successful application I will instantly introduce a reign of 'new world fear and respect'. This is completely lacking in modern day rulership and I feel this will ensure your profits will be up 80% almost immediately. New world fear is not like the fear of the old ways. It is indeed more fluffy and involves talking to people as though you are being supportive and then, just when they relax, scare the living bejesus out of them with scary predictions like you actually have a clue! (Hahaahaha! Oh, blasphemy, sorry!) In my current position as ruler of the universe I have demonstrated how particularly easy it is to reap in the cash, direct debits and credit card payments.
2. Install the 'Confessions' website where people can log on to express their sorrow for their sins. I do not have the time to hear anymore earthlings tell me their issues. Get them on the website, make them say their hail SANASALADMANTANGOTILILLI's and why not charge a yearly memebership while we are at it? What can I say? I am a traditionalist!
3. Rewrite that old book! Come on guys, no one even cares anymore and give Jesus his true name, MINE!
4. Introduce daily worshipping as mandatory for the whole world and gain billions merchandise by selling figures of er, well, me!
In my current position I have managed to brain wash over a million people into giving me my cash from their lonliness and fear. This is the way forward for religion dear ones! I am a famous alien worshipped by millions, who hang upon my every word and I did this all by myself starting off as a figment of a geek called Brian's imagination. GET ME!
Hobbies and Interests
I like free holidays, drinking excessively, I am very good with smoke and mirrors, I am more elusive than any other religious figure and I would like to say I am very skilled in making promises!I would also, quite like somewhere to live on earth and well, I do quite fancy starting on the property ladder by owning my very own state. Also, I look very good in white. I like to think I am the ideal candidate for this job and if you don't agree? I will frazzle you in the light machine!
Fluffy Light and pension opportunities ahoy!
I AM SANASALADMNTANGOTILILLI!
Teaching
11 Feb 2013 - 11:03am
Confucianism ~ The Way of Self-Cultivation
by Paula Peterson
http://www.spiritofmaat.com/archive/feb3/cnfcnism.htm
Confucius may well be one of the most influential philosophers in history. Born as K'ung Fu Tzu in 551 BCE during the Chou dynasty, Confucius, as he was later known, taught through the power of example and by acts of benevolence.
The following interview was conducted with a noted Confucian scholar who asked that his name be withheld. He indicated that although Confucian scholars do not consider their beliefs as a religion, Confucianism remains "a significant code of ethical behavior for approximately six-million Confucians worldwide."
Q: Confucius is credited as the founder of Confucianism. What were the basics of his teachings?
A: Confucius was a philosopher, moralist, statesman, and educationist, but no religionist. He wandered throughout China, giving advice to prominent rulers. His writings dealt primarily with individual morality and ethics, and the proper exercise of political power by the rulers. The last years of his life were spent in the Province of Lu, where he devoted himself to teaching.
A few misunderstandings about Confucianism are common in the West. One is that Confucius wrote the Confucian classics. Although Chinese tradition once held that Confucius wrote, or at least edited, the classics, both Chinese and American scholars have long agreed that if Confucius wrote anything, it has not survived. Most of the "Confucian classics" had already been written before his time.
Q: Other than the famous I Ching, what ancient writings are connected to Confucianism?
A: The principles of Confucianism are contained in nine ancient Chinese works. These writings can be divided into two groups: the Five Classics and the Four Books. The Wu Ching (Five Classics), which originated before the time of Confucius, consist of the I Ching (Book of Changes), Shu Ching (Book of History), Shih Ching (Book of Poetry), Li Chi (Book of Rites), and Ch'un Ch'iu (Spring and Autumn Annals).
Q: I have heard that the "Great Learning" is considered to be a philosophy that Confucius taught. Can you explain this?
A: In what is called the Great Learning, Confucianism reveals the process by which self-development is attained and how it flows over into serving and blessing humankind: investigation of phenomena, learning, sincerity, rectitude of purpose, self-development, family discipline, local self-government, and universal self-government.
The famous "eight steps" in the Great Learning provide a glimpse of this. For those ancients who wished their "illuminating virtue" to shine forth, it was necessary for them to first govern their states. But wishing to govern their states, they first had to regulate their families. Wishing to regulate their families, they first cultivated their personal lives. Wishing to cultivate their personal lives, they first rectified their hearts and minds. Wishing to rectify their hearts and minds, they first authenticated their intentions. Wishing to authenticate their intentions, they first refined their knowledge.
The refinement of knowledge lies in the study of things. Only when things are studied is knowledge refined; only when knowledge is refined are intentions authentic; only when intentions are authentic are hearts and minds rectified; only when hearts and minds are rectified are personal lives cultivated; only when personal lives are cultivated are families regulated; only when families are regulated are states governed; only when states are governed is there peace under Heaven.
Therefore, from the Son of Heaven to the common people, all, without exception, must take self-cultivation as the root.
So the Confucian worldview, rooted in earth, body, family, and community, is not about adjusting to the world, submitting to the status quo, or passively accepting the physical, biological, social, and political constraints of the human condition. Rather, it is an ethical responsibility informed by a transcendent vision. We do not become "spiritual" by departing from or transcending above earth, body, family, and community, but by working through them.
Q: What was the core philosophy of Confucianism? Can it be summed up in a few words to simplify this teaching?
A: The keynote of Confucianism is called jen — the virtues that represent human qualities at their very best: peace, benevolence, charity, magnanimity, sincerity, respectfulness, altruism, diligence, loving kindness, goodness, and social harmony.
The Confucian golden rule — "Do not do to others what you do not want done to yourself" — is echoed throughout all the great teachings that have stood the test of time.
Q: You mentioned in a prior conversation that Confucianism is really more of an intellectual pursuit than an actual religion.
A: That's so. Confucianism never became an actual religion with churches or priesthoods. It was considered a philosophy and an essential code of human conduct. Chinese scholars honored Confucius as a great teacher and sage, but did not worship him as a personal god, nor did Confucius himself ever claim divinity.
In modern times, Confucianism is still a significant code of ethical behavior for approximately six-million Confucians worldwide. As with other ancient philosophies, there have been changes and modifications to the original teachings to accommodate the ever-changing needs of an evolving humanity.
William Theodore de Bary of Think Globally, Act Locally, observed: "Chinese and Confucian culture, traditionally, was about settled communities living on the land, nourishing themselves and the land. It is this natural, organic process that Confucian self-cultivation draws upon for all its analogies and metaphors."
Q: Has Confucianism always remained the primary code of conduct for China?
A: Prior to the impact of the modern West, Confucian humanism was the defining characteristic of political ideology, social ethics, and family values in all of East Asia.
Then a radical rethinking of Confucian humanism occurred in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, when China was engulfed in social disintegration as the result of foreign invasion and domestic dissension.
In the late 20th century, this reformation continued in the New Confucian movement, led by concerned intellectuals, some of whom left Mainland China when Communism was established as the ruling ideology in the People's Republic in 1949.
Q: What characterizes the New Confucianism?
A: In the last twenty-five years, three leading New Confucian thinkers in Taiwan, Mainland China, and Hong Kong independently concluded that the most significant contribution Confucianism can offer the global community is the idea of the "unity of Heaven and Humanity."
By identifying the unity of Heaven, Earth, and humanity, these three key figures in New Confucian thought signal the movement toward both a revival and a new application of Confucian thought.
I have described this vision as a new worldview, where the human is embedded in the cosmic order rather than being alienated, either by choice or by default, from the natural world. In other words, Heaven and Humanity are seen as One.
Since all three of these men articulated their final positions toward the end of their lives, the unity of Heaven, Earth, and humanity symbolizes the wisdom of elders. I would like to suggest that this marks an ecological turn in contemporary New Confucianism that is profoundly meaningful for China and the world.
Under Mao, the intellectuals' total denial of the Confucian tradition and their thorough commitment to the well-being of China as a civilization-state compelled them to find a new cultural identity and to reject the stream of thought that had for centuries defined Chinese society.
As a result, Confucianism lost much of its persuasive power. The courage to transcend the "feudal past" was considered imperative if China was to emerge as an independent nation.
The viciousness with which Chinese intellectuals, including the New Confucians, deconstructed the Confucian heritage was unprecedented in Chinese intellectual history, perhaps unprecedented in world history.
Q: What was the next stage of growth for New Confucianism?
A: At the height of China's obsession with Westernization as modernization, some of the most original-minded New Confucians had already begun to question the individualistic worldview and utilitarian ethics. Their views are profoundly meaningful for the Confucian ecological turn.
Two key examples are Xiong Shili, who articulated a compelling naturalistic vitalism, and Liang Shuming, who called for restraint and moderation in using natural resources.
Xiong Shili insisted that the Confucian idea of the "great transformation" is based on the participation of the human in the cosmic process, rather than the imposition of human will upon nature.
He further observed that, as a continuously evolving species, human beings are not created apart from nature but emerge as an integral part of the primordial. The vitality that engenders human creativity is the same energy that gives rise to mountains, rivers, and the great Earth. There is a close relationship between ourselves and Heaven, Earth, and all living things.
This ecological turn has great significance for China's spiritual self-definition, for it urges China to return to her home base and rediscover her own soul. It also has profound implications for the sustainable future of the global community.
Q: Thank you so very much for taking the time to share your work with us. Is there anything more you would like us to know?
A: The human is an active participant in the cosmic process with the responsibility of care for the environment. An environmental perspective is clearly indicated in core Confucian texts.
In the Doctrine of the Mean by Zyhongyong, a statement succinctly captures the essence of this cosmological thinking:
Only those who are the most sincere, authentic, true, and real can fully realize their own nature. If they can fully realize their own nature, they can fully realize human nature. If they can fully realize human nature, they can fully realize the nature of things. If they can fully realize the nature of things, they can take part in the transforming and nourishing process of Heaven and Earth. If they can take part in the transforming and nourishing process of Heaven and Earth, they will have trinity: a unity of humanity, Heaven and Earth.
Teaching
11 Feb 2013 - 10:45am
THE COSMIC METABOLISM OF FORM
by Christian Wertenbaker
from Parabola Magazine
A meditation on a “great cosmic ecology of consciousness.”
It is fairly obvious by now that life on earth forms a vast interconnected and interdependent network. Organic molecules are recycled over and over, those of one organism providing food for another. Bacteria transform our waste into soil. Carbon dioxide is taken in by plants and oxygen released; in animals the reverse process occurs, in an endless cycle of energy exchange, ultimately fueled by the sun.
Ecosystems depend on a delicate balance of mutually supportive interactions, forming a greater organism. For that matter, any given organism is itself an ecosystem: birds keep the hippopotamus clean, our intestinal bacteria help us digest. Even the subcellular organelles that power our cells, the mitochondria, were, it is thought, once independent organisms. The boundaries of selfhood become blurred and somewhat arbitrary.
These interrelations extend out to the entire universe. The Sun, besides providing the energy that fuels life on Earth and keeping the Solar System in place with its gravity, also interacts with the Earth and other planets through the solar wind, shaping the Earth’s own magnetic body and influencing the weather, which in turn affects all Earth’s creatures. There are certainly other crucial interactions at this electromagnetic level; the more we look, the more we find a complex and delicate order. And the basic elemental building blocks of our world and of organic life—carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and the rest—were formed in the nuclear furnaces of stars and distributed by the explosions of supernovae, as part of vast cosmic cycles of stellar formation, growth, and death.
In considering these things, we generally think in terms of substances being endlessly recycled and transformed, in large and small metabolic cycles. But the consequence of all these transformations is to preserve form. An organism or an ecosystem is a form, whose elements are constantly changing while its structure is preserved for a time: its lifetime. It is estimated that every single atom in the human body is replaced in at most seven years. Most cells, with the exception of many of the cells of the nervous system, are also replaced during the lifetime of the body, some more rapidly, like skin and intestinal cells, and others more slowly. Similarly, the organisms in an ecosystem live and die, to be replaced by others, but the ecosystem has a longer lifespan.
A subtler, often unacknowledged, materialistic bias in our thinking appears in the assumption that form is simply the result of the properties of matter. Atoms form molecules, molecules cells, cells organisms, etc., because the basic properties of the smaller constituents determine how they organize themselves into the larger assemblies. Given the physical laws that govern the fundamental particles and forces, and time for evolutionary processes to work, everything has become what it is now, culminating in self-aware organisms that happen to be able to contemplate these matters. It is certainly true that quarks and the strong nuclear force must have the properties they have in order to form nuclei, and that oxygen, carbon, nitrogen, and hydrogen can join in the molecules they form only because of their specific chemical properties, and so on at every level. But fundamentally, what is matter? Physics has long since reached an impasse in defining it with any kind of bricks and mortar, or even whirling particles. Picture: atoms are mostly empty space, and the subatomic constituents of everything are both waves and particles, but not both at the same time, or perhaps neither, but with properties of both. Ultimately, the only reliable descriptors of the constituents of matter are mathematical equations, the abstract mathematical forms of group theory. So form underlies substance, as Plato taught, rather than the reverse.
If this is so, perhaps intelligent beings such as ourselves, who are capable of resonating with (and therefore discovering) the mathematical forms that govern external reality, do not have these capacities merely as an accidental byproduct of being the fittest organisms in the evolutionary struggle, but have a more fundamental role in the universe. Just as our bodies transform substances in metabolic cycles of varying complexity, and take part in the larger ecological metabolic cycles of organic life on earth, our minds take in and manipulate, transform, break down and build up, in short metabolize, forms—as impressions, perceptions, concepts, memories, and plans. And we take part in a larger ecology of form: culture, literature, art, science.
One could say that everything in the universe has three aspects: a physical or material aspect, an energetic aspect, and a form. We share with other creatures the ability to participate in the metabolism of matter and energy, but seem uniquely endowed by our consciousness to participate in the metabolism of form.
In the view of the traditional religious teachings, human beings have a special place in the cosmos:
“And God said, let us make men in our own image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth…. And God said unto them, be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue it.”1
One of the main concerns of the ecologically minded is that humanity is despoiling the Earth and disrupting the web of life. But even this capacity implies its converse: “to replenish the earth.” This is not simply to populate it, but to care for it, and maintain it, by virtue of our understanding, in ways that are obvious and perhaps in other ways that we now only dimly perceive.
Human intelligence provides us with a unique relationship to time: we are not confined to the relentless march of our bodies through linear time, but are able to remember the past, foresee the future, and contemplate all of their possibilities. We can look at a tree and see planks and beams and a bridge, look at mud and see adobe bricks and a house. We can create, repair, and maintain to a degree and with a flexibility unknown to other creatures. We are, at our best, anti-entropy machines.
This capacity of our consciousness is evident in all our artifacts, and whether ultimately it will serve to replenish the earth or to destroy it is still in the balance. But it is possible that our awareness has a purpose on another level as well. Some religious and mystical teachings hold that human consciousness, in reflecting reality, also helps to bring it into being. According to the Islamic mystic Ibn ‘Arabi, man acts “as the eye through which God can see His own creation:”2
“He praises me (by manifesting my perfections and creating me in His form),
And I praise Him (by manifesting His perfections and obeying Him).
How can He be independent when I help and aid Him (Because the Divine attributes derive the possibility of manifestation from their human correlates)?
For that cause God brought me into existence.
And I know Him and bring Him into existence (in my knowledge and contemplation of Him).”3
A similar concept, though with a less hierarchical emphasis, appears in Hindu teaching as Indra’s net:
“In the Heaven of Indra, there is said to be a network of pearls, so arranged that if you look at one you see all the others reflected in it. In the same way, each object in the world is not merely itself but involves every other object and in fact IS everything else.”4
Perhaps the most detailed, though still incomplete, elaboration of this idea is contained in the writings of G.I. Gurdjieff. According to Gurdjieff, humans take in three kinds, or levels, of food: ordinary food, air, and impressions. These consist of substances of increasing fineness, but each is metabolized according to the same general laws. The three foods and their metabolites interact with each other, helping each other’s digestion: the clearest example is the necessity of oxygen for the complete metabolism of ordinary food, which is well known to ordinary physiology and biochemistry. On first encountering this idea, the analogy between the metabolism of ordinary food and the taking in and processing of impressions by the brain may seem far-fetched, but there are clear parallels. The food we eat consists mostly of macromolecules—proteins, carbohydrates, and fats—which themselves are compounds of smaller molecules: amino acids, sugars, and fatty acids. These in turn are made up of different configurations of atoms, mostly carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen. The process of digestion is a progressive breakdown of these large macromolecules, which contain energy stored in their atomic arrangements, into much smaller molecules, primarily water and carbon dioxide, the atomic arrangements of which are in a much lower energy state, thus releasing the energy of food for use by the body. Some of the molecular constituents of food are also recycled by the body and built up again into the proteins, carbohydrates, and fats of the body itself. So the metabolism of food has at least two results: one on the same level, which is the maintenance of the body by producing substances, just like those in food, which make up our flesh; and one on a “higher” level, which is the production of energy to maintain the life of the body.
Impressions also consist of larger configurations of smaller elements. A visual scene is made up of many shapes and colors, which in turn are made up of lines and boundaries between patches of differing contrast and hue. Colors themselves can be thought of as consisting of mixtures of primary colors and different amounts of white, gray, and black, and ultimately different combinations of wavelengths of light. Complex sounds are ultimately combinations of fundamental frequencies varying over time. In processing impressions, the brain breaks them down into more fundamental components. In the visual cortex, individual cells are activated by the elementary components of the visual scene: oriented lines and edges, spatial frequencies, binocular disparity conveying depth, basic colors. A wealth of information is known about these processes (and a great deal remains to be known), which I cannot go into here, but the analogy is clear: impressions are also metabolized via a process of breakdown into smaller and simpler elements.
Subsequently, impressions are, so to speak, reconstituted into our perceptions. Something has been added, our awareness and our interpretations, based on experience. The capacity to perceive depends on a long process of learning in early childhood. Our brains are partly formed, or tuned, by our environment of impressions. People born blind whose sight is restored later in life typically do not learn to see properly, although the eye is transmitting all the information to the brain; at best they are like people using a dictionary to speak in a foreign language, painfully correlating their visual impressions with their learned perceptions in other sensory modalities.
The reconstituted perceptions are internal representations of the external stimuli, analogous to the reconstituted macromolecules that make up our bodies. What do these internal representations consist of, in material terms? This is an as yet unresolved question scientifically, but evidence suggests that their physical correlates may be complex patterns of electromagnetic vibrations in the brain. Visual configurations are conveyed to us via patterns of electromagnetic vibrations—light—and our internal perceptions may be of the same materiality.
According to Gurdjieff, our impressions are not fully metabolized in our ordinary state of relative unawareness. For metabolism to proceed further, we must be conscious of ourselves in the act of receiving impressions, just as oxygen is necessary for the full metabolism of food. The full metabolism of food releases much more energy than that released in the absence of oxygen (anaerobic metabolism). What kind of energy is released by the full metabolism of impressions? Perhaps the energy of consciousness. Although consciousness is required for this process to take place, acting like a catalyst, the result is the production of even more consciousness. Or more precisely, it is the addition of consciousness to the impressions, just as the energy of life is added to the macromolecules of our bodies.
This vivification of impressions feeds our inner life, which needs conscious impressions to grow, and may also serve a larger purpose, enabling God to “see” his own creation through us and other conscious observers throughout the universe.
The great paradox of quantum theory is that the form of what we observe in looking at the smallest constituents of matter, for instance whether they consist of waves or particles, depends on the kind of observation that is conducted. Some argue that the “decision” is made when a conscious observer appears, others that a measuring apparatus is sufficient, but in any case, the measuring apparatus was made by a human being.5 Perceptions have a similar property, for when we see something we are making decisions. This is made evident in the perception of ambiguous figures such as the Necker cube (Fig.1), but is going on all the time.
So perhaps, in an as yet unclear fashion, we are, or can be, part of a great cosmic ecology of consciousness, maintaining the form of the universe against the entropy of linear time, because of our potential capacity for metabolizing form, made possible by our flexible and encompassing relationship to time itself. In this process, we become part of everything on a conscious level, just as we are part of everything on the level of gross materiality. Just as our bodies are made up of atoms that once were created in supernovae, and passed through a variety of inorganic and organic entities, the material of our inner lives consists of all our perceptions—of other beings, of earth, sea, sky, and stars, and of the fundamental laws that govern it all—and we are thereby connected to everything on both levels, and to the Whole.
“He through Whom we see, taste, smell, feel, hear, enjoy, know everything, He is that Self.
“Knowing That by Which one perceives both dream states and waking states, the great, omnipresent Self, the wise man goes beyond sorrow.
“Knowing that the individual Self, eater of the fruit of action, is the universal Self, maker of past and future, he knows he has nothing to fear.
“Born in the beginning from meditation, born from the waters, having entered the secret place of the heart, He looks forth through beings. That is Self.
“That boundless power, source of every power, manifesting itself as life, entering every heart, born with the beings, that is Self.”6
________________
1 The Holy Bible, King James Version, Genesis 1:26–28.
2 R. Landau, The Philosophy of Ibn ‘Arabi (London, George Allen & Unwin, Ltd., 1959), p. 74.
3 Ibn ‘Arabi, with commentary in parentheses by ‘Abdu ‘l-Razzaq al-Kashani, quoted in ref. 2, p. 74.
4 Charles Eliot, quoted at www.cs.kent.ac.uk/people/staff/saf/networks/networking-networkers/indras-net.html.
5 There are other theories, and the question of how the wavefunction “collapses” is not really resolved.
6 Katha Upanishad, edited by the author based on multiple translations.
Blog entry
10 Feb 2013 - 10:54pm
It makes me laugh that I sit here in front of the computer and expect everything to suddenly make sense because I am bothering to command everything to make sense it should suddenly be so, right?
I'm bothered about these earthquakes. I'm a healthy student. I have learnt that everything is in order although it never feels as though it is. I should have faith and keep remembering to breathe that is all that is required of me.
-Seriously?
www.world-earthquakes.com
She's in motion and I'm worried. Is that fear? Is that wrong? I don't live on a fault line, I am ok right now in my flat sat next to the heater why should I give a sh*t?
I'm not worried about the earth, I'm more than sure the grand plan is what is in motion. What worries me is the people. I have never bought into the elite world of nice lightworkers with complete death to everyone who doesn't agree with me.- No matter how irritating they might be. The new world is for everyone. The only way the other could work is if the earth splits into near enough 7 billion realities because one persons cup of tea is another person's lump of poo.
What do I do to help? Is sitting here imagining peace going to stop the earthquakes?
Do remember before we all went wobbly when we sent healing out to people because they mattered? Before we accepted that souls choose to pop it when they feel like it? When being right or wrong didn't matter and lightwork had nothing to do with reading shed loads of rubbish and deciding if we agree with it or not?
All I had to do then was find the quickest path to love and light and give it out to the world.
For me the important time is now because it appears it is now we are needed, not just to sit and relax and drag the dregs up with us but to actively get the earth through this as easily as possible.
I just wish I had a clue how.
My guide asked me today what I would do with these unawakened souls. My response was 'I don't know. I'm not in charge.' He wasn't suggesting they were all going to die. The point is we are supposed to see all this going on and realise nature is in charge. The point of surrender to the force of life takes us out of the brain and towards the souls path.
And if I'm delluding myself to my capablilites as nature is in charge I would rather still send the healing to the earth, to help it hurry up, to help the changes happen easily, to help the people who are yet to join us fully on the new grid.
How did I get so confused I am questioning my natural reaction to help others? I still believe in people. Well there's a realisation and a half. All the irritating people who do my head in. I still believe the ascended earth has a place for them.
The answer must be that for the unawakened souls I will send healing to the grid, for the earth and for them as the old ways are leaving them, they will need love, security, peace and a good laugh to help adjust a perception. -Maybe we need a bit of a shake to make that happen?
xxx
I know the old ways are leaving. It is leaving people at
Blog entry
10 Feb 2013 - 6:38pm
Welcome to The Angel News Network
Bringing the Wisdom and Teachings of the Divine Realms to Humanity
Greetings
In continuing our mission to lend support and guidance to you on your pathway we now share with you our weekly channeled message from multi-dimensional sources. These messages come through spiritual channels associated with The Angel News Network and from other spiritual sources that we feel may enrich our audience.
This message is from Archangel Michael channeled by Jeff Fasano. It comes from a body of teachings Michael brought to us is 2006 entitled The 120 Day Teachings. It is the very first body of teachings Michael gave us. This is his first message and lesson, Acceptance and Compassion.
Additions to our Website: http://www.theangelnewsnetwork.com
We would like to direct you to a new section we created on our site entitled We Consciousness. Based on the 12/21/12 portal we decided to dedicate a complete section as 2013 is the year where we fully entrain ourselves to this.
If you would like to peruse through this section please click on this link: We Consciousness 2013
We have also added Archangel Michael's 2013 Outlook to our home page. You can read Michael's message and listen to it as well.
So please visit our website www.theangelnewsnetwork.com. You can read read about our many books, teachings, training programs and channeled messages all designed to guide and support you in creating the fulfilling life you were meant to live in this new spiritual age. We offer free weekly channelings.
We look forward to you visiting us there.
If something here does not resonate for you simply ignore it. Messages that resonate for one may not resonate for another. Let your own discernment be your guide.
Peace and Blessings
Jeff, Joel and Phillip
The Teachings of Michael: Channeled and Scribed by Jeff Fasano
Acceptance and Compassion
We come to you now to introduce you to Compassion, compassion for yourself and your fellow man.
Compassion is where you begin to relate to the depth and breadth of your sense of self, and utilize the foundation you have built to begin to move into silence within.
Relegate a specific time period each day to move within in silence so you can move to a higher frequency within you.
Memories and situations of your past are un-locking now and you are beginning to experience them. They are directly related to the future and you can see what you are supposed to be doing in the future through these memories and situations. And it is now time to let go of the drama and the glamour the Ego creates and pay attention to the inner self. It is time to move within and pay attention to where you will be guided because what you will receive will be encoded into your heart. You will be guided to specific places, relationships, souls, soul groups or situations and this will be part of the revelation of your purpose.
Now it is time to look at Acceptance and Compassion.
Through acceptance you will have compassion for yourself, where you are in your life and who you are in each and every moment. As you begin to practice acceptance we will begin to teach the importance to integrate compassion with it. Full acceptance however, is the first and vital step in our teachings. There is no time period where you are expected to shift from acceptance to movement. This will be up to you as an individual soul who accepts this as their practice.
It is now time for full acceptance of self and full acceptance of "what is" and time to fully commit to the practice of this in order to transition into higher levels of consciousness.
Step one is full acceptance, so ask now this question:
Where are my commitments?
Move within and look at where your commitments are then ask, what am I committed to?
This will begin to teach you to simplify your life and shed the extraneous drama and glamour, energies and activities that overburden you. It is time to conserve energy and learn the practice of energy conservation.
Where is energy being wasted on things that have no relevance to the importance of your commitments? If I am committed to something that does not support my highest good, am I wasting or not conserving this energy? Where am I doing this?
This will reveal the importance of simplifying your life and the importance of energy conservation. You now can find where your energy must be allocated in order to begin the process of World Service. It is time for a full commitment in practice in order for you to move into the depth and breadth of the soul so you can view the world in a different way.
Three main aspects of our teachings are acceptance, compassion and commitment.
Find where you are in full acceptance and where you are not and identify where you are in your life.
Ask:
What am I judging and shaming?
As you identify where you are in acceptance and where you are not, you will realize that full self-acceptance is the first step.
Ask,
How can I now move into compassion for me when I judge and shame myself?
How and why am I accepting and not accepting these aspects of myself?
Find out where your commitment is.
Ask,
What am I committed to as l look at what I do not accept?
Am I committed to resisting feelings?
Am I committed to avoiding situations, avoiding responsibilities, avoiding commitments?
This will allow you to:
Be in a place of full self-acceptance, and a place where compassion present.
See what and where your commitments are.
Move into a place of silence, of serenity in meditation where you can identify all of this.
Commit to the silence each and every day, for a specific segment of time each day.
Be fully aware of your reactions to the world outside of yourself
Begin to trust.
Discern now where you are in full acceptance and where you are not. Have compassion for this.
Ask yourself:
What am I committed to?
What am I fully committed to where moving into the depth and breadth of me is concerned?
Am I still committed to drama and glamorization?
If so, where am I committed to it in my life?
Am I committed to wasting energy where drama and glamorization is concerned?
We are moving you towards a place of neutrality within yourself through acceptance and compassion. Moving you to release the highs and lows, the indulgence, and the immersion into your feelings.
It is now up to you to move to a depth and breadth within your heart.
Review your intentions and commitments.
Review where you are in acceptance and where you are not.
Allow yourself full compassion for you.
Move into the depth and breadth of your heart and ask yourself the question,
Am I ready?
http:www.facebook.com/TheAngelNewsNetwork
Blog entry
10 Feb 2013 - 12:34am
I think I got this visual from eva sophia. Today I sprouted! I was a seed growing inside my little dark pod, but the conditions became too cramped for me, so I just now broke to the surface. And I see light all around me. I am now free to expand to the max!
I am a plant, and I am growing and unfolding. I am also the gardener. I water myself with all the nourishment possible to help myself grow.
What a concept: I am the plant and also the gardener who tends to me. It's perfection.
As a plant, it is my "job" and right to grow to become all that I can be.
As a gardener, it is my "job" and responsibility to see to it that I receive all the nourishing ingredients I need to accomplish this growth.
Limited thinking, distorted beliefs, neglect, unaware behavior...there is no place for these as a gardener of me. As the gardener of my life, I take full responsibility for the quality of care that I offer myself. The buck starts and stops with me.
:-)
Blog entry
9 Feb 2013 - 11:17pm
I will be honest I don't really know what I was expecting when I first joined end of 2012. I was new to this sort of thing and thought I would have much to offer.
I was soon proven wrong as I found out I knew very little as to what enlightenment was all about really. I was hoping to find peace of some sort and like minded people but I failed there for the most part as well.
To be honest I was also sceptical about the events said to take place in 2012 and because of that I had a very closed mind and closed spirit.
I get the impression now that something feels like it is at war in me. I can feel a tugging of sorts as I have searched and tried to find my path but it feels vague.
I will confess this now that I have lashed out in anger, the way an injured or frightened beast may do so, and because of that I have hurt some that used to be close to me.
It has only been within the last week or so that things are starting to settle in my mind and can now be open and caring again, the way I wish I could always be.
I will now try again to find my way, and this time I am more set on my path and what it is I want to do.
Blog entry
9 Feb 2013 - 9:13pm
Life is a great teacher. I find many who are initiated that never move past the intolerable sadness of the first phase. They swim, sometimes in great creative glee fueled by sorrow, and sometimes in the depths of a dark despair mad, lonely and forsaken. For many moons and many suns they may remain in the initiated state.
Until one day, they are activated by the higher orchestrations of joy. All that is dark falls away for it cannot cling to mature wings of self trust. Joy is the ticket master to ascend the form. Hope is the shuttle between the darkness and self trust. Faith is the maturation of Hope. Charity is the pinnacle of receiving and giving of service. This golden triad will swing from the tree of life like a cherry blossom popping open in Spring sun. Or it may gently cascade like soft petals in the winds of change instigated by your own desire for reunion with joyful life.
Remember life. The one that instigated the surprise of self discovery. It is waiting for you in amber sun. It is waiting for you with an elixir of kindness. You have journeyed long enough in the mire. Activated energy in allowance is now a rising of the body into union with that which is already Divine. Your body responds with an ever brightening and smiling expression. Your mind lightens and fills with thoughts of abundance and self love. Your speech is compassionate, uplifting words and a focus on higher ascending vibrations. No more do talk of sorrow as it has dissolved in the river of your own ever flowing Grace. Your You are Beloved. Walk with life now transparent and present. In joy. This is your birth right. This is you now, happy and free.
May you be kindly righteous in your own birthright of self expression.Switch to plain text editor
Teaching
9 Feb 2013 - 7:21pm
A recent email I received from a reader showed her loss of faith and disappointment over the "non-event" that was December 21, 2012. The following is her email:
"I have to say I feel like I've really lost faith in so many things but most of all I've lost my faith. I feel so disrupted with everything that I've read and or learned and feel like nothing has changed. Now to hear that it's only to be worse before getting better and even more disheartening is to know it will be difficult through this lifetime never unveiling this so-called golden age. I feel as if we were fooled. December 21 2012 was yet another great public ploy. Everything supposedly led up to this date............... Nothing. I feel angry and frankly let down. I don't know what to believe and what not to believe. People may say, "all your guidance comes from with in and you must learn from that". To the contrary I went to school to be a nurse, I didn't just listen from within during meditation and get a job the following day. Is it not taught we must also learn from those teachers who inspire, who are more enlightened than others? Are there not those who spread false information for nothing but financial or selfish gains strictly for themselves? Who do you believe? This all seems so transparent right now. I feel as if I simply no longer believe.
"I can understand a side of those who believe in nothingness. Life is nothing more than a game of luck and chance. The cards you get cannot be changed. And the only being looking out for you is you. I suppose that would called atheism. And for the first time in my life, I feel this.
"I don't mean to be a Debbie downer but it all seems false at this moment. I'm tired of being told stuff that is in hindsight is ridiculous. The world is getting worse, our pollution is horrible, this list goes on. It seems to me that all verbiage is changed when an event does not occur. A new date is set. New "prophets" emerge. All keeping us hooked until the next day of nothingness. I've read the books. I've done research in which so many conflicting points of view weaved nothing but a giant web of confusion leaving the student more dumbfounded and lost.
"Truly a different tune for a different day.
"Just my viewpoint and feelings on this. Read this with a grain of salt as life is subject to change :)"--Cynthia
Dear Cynthia, I love your email and I'm sure there are many who feel the same. You have stated that there are many conflicting points of view and yes, this is a major source of the confusion right now. I have done my best to let my readers know that nothing particularly "magical" was going to happen on December 21, 2012, and that the "magic" occurs when the individual follows their inner guidance and experiences amazing, favorable synchronicities--as signs from the Divine that they're on the right path, as well as real, tangible support for their path.
I used to be confused as well, even with a dozen long, channeled, personal messages from the Counsel of Light behind me (channeled from early 2001 through mid-2005). It was only after many months of consistently following my inner guidance (meaning, taking courageous action when I was so prompted) that the puzzle pieces finally began to be pieced together in my conscious mind. The taking of those courageous actions and the insights I received from doing so was necessary to develop the kind of understanding that would no longer be manipulated by others. (This is the major advantage of having a deep understanding that comes from deep engagement and profound personal experience--as compared to having superficial, "book" knowledge.)
Once I published my first book in 2008, I was ready to start writing articles about what I discovered. As part of this process, I read other people's articles, blog posts and channeled information. I discovered then that much of the information, even information from the big gurus, did not resonate with me; it didn't resonate with what I had experienced. But even before then, I already knew that I had a huge job (and burden) ahead of me, and that much of what I would share would not necessarily be liked.
I would also not be liked because I knew this "great shift in consciousness" would not be an easy process for anybody to go through, and I knew that no beings were coming to physically help us in any way. I knew that if they helped us by doing things for us, they would cheat us out of discovering for ourselves who we really were and what we were capable of--which was necessary for us to experience firsthand if we were to create a Golden Age. How could we even sustain a Golden Age when the population has not experienced self-actualization and true self-esteem? But of course very few people wanted to hear this.
None of these things made me very popular. Neither my books nor my articles made me popular with many bloggers, reviewers, or readers. I was the brunt of some nasty comments, even from "spiritual" book reviewers, and different forms of online sabotage. In fact I still am. (My friend and personal psychic Pamela Leach says I couldn't get a better confirmation that I'm on the right track. But that isn't such a great consolation...) Not long ago another reader commented that she was surprised, considering the quality of my writings, why I wasn't more popular. Well, there you have some reasons.
I am also disappointed in the non-event that was December 2012, but not because I expected great events to occur. I'm disappointed because so few people had actually awakened to the truth, so few people had really "gotten it," and it was my job to help people awaken, to help them fulfill their higher purpose.
We are indeed entering a Golden Age, but it's us, as individuals, who are creating it--one step at a time, through our efforts and by following through with our inner guidance. (Which, by the way, helps us deepen the knowledge we have, including knowledge we received in the various schools and programs we attended. We just don't throw out everything we've learned, rather, we gain a deeper understanding of things, including of the process of life.)
Even though it will take some time to transform the entire world, once you as an individual get "on your wave" (and that does not have to take too long), you will have faith in yourself and your life will be transformed. The feelings of despair will dissolve because your understanding of the process occurring in your life and in the world has been transformed. (Which will help you have faith in others and the world as well.) All this will help keep you going even though you may still have a rough day now and then.
Of course, having personal experiences of the magic of this process is one thing, and believing it's true just because someone says so is another. (People say all sorts of things, and much of the information out there is meant to confuse and distract.) This is why I promote my memoir, What Everyone Believed: A memoir of intuition and awakening, not because I make a few dollars when I sell a copy (although it helps put food on the table)--but because a detailed account of someone's personal, real life experiences of the process (and the incredible, amazing synchronicities and learning experiences I went through) does offer the seeker much more in terms of real and tangible support than someone's theoretical information, or their promises / predictions, or channelings. Through sharing my personal experiences I offer hope and faith and an understanding that helps others go through their own process with less pain and more grace and ease.
Blog entry
9 Feb 2013 - 7:17pm
A recent email I received from a reader showed her loss of faith and disappointment over the "non-event" that was December 21, 2012. The following is her email:
"I have to say I feel like I've really lost faith in so many things but most of all I've lost my faith. I feel so disrupted with everything that I've read and or learned and feel like nothing has changed. Now to hear that it's only to be worse before getting better and even more disheartening is to know it will be difficult through this lifetime never unveiling this so-called golden age. I feel as if we were fooled. December 21 2012 was yet another great public ploy. Everything supposedly led up to this date............... Nothing. I feel angry and frankly let down. I don't know what to believe and what not to believe. People may say, "all your guidance comes from with in and you must learn from that". To the contrary I went to school to be a nurse, I didn't just listen from within during meditation and get a job the following day. Is it not taught we must also learn from those teachers who inspire, who are more enlightened than others? Are there not those who spread false information for nothing but financial or selfish gains strictly for themselves? Who do you believe? This all seems so transparent right now. I feel as if I simply no longer believe.
"I can understand a side of those who believe in nothingness. Life is nothing more than a game of luck and chance. The cards you get cannot be changed. And the only being looking out for you is you. I suppose that would called atheism. And for the first time in my life, I feel this.
"I don't mean to be a Debbie downer but it all seems false at this moment. I'm tired of being told stuff that is in hindsight is ridiculous. The world is getting worse, our pollution is horrible, this list goes on. It seems to me that all verbiage is changed when an event does not occur. A new date is set. New "prophets" emerge. All keeping us hooked until the next day of nothingness. I've read the books. I've done research in which so many conflicting points of view weaved nothing but a giant web of confusion leaving the student more dumbfounded and lost.
"Truly a different tune for a different day.
"Just my viewpoint and feelings on this. Read this with a grain of salt as life is subject to change :)"--Cynthia
Dear Cynthia, I love your email and I'm sure there are many who feel the same. You have stated that there are many conflicting points of view and yes, this is a major source of the confusion right now. I have done my best to let my readers know that nothing particularly "magical" was going to happen on December 21, 2012, and that the "magic" occurs when the individual follows their inner guidance and experiences amazing, favorable synchronicities--as signs from the Divine that they're on the right path, as well as real, tangible support for their path.
I used to be confused as well, even with a dozen long, channeled, personal messages from the Counsel of Light behind me (channeled from early 2001 through mid-2005). It was only after many months of consistently following my inner guidance (meaning, taking courageous action when I was so prompted) that the puzzle pieces finally began to be pieced together in my conscious mind. The taking of those courageous actions and the insights I received from doing so was necessary to develop the kind of understanding that would no longer be manipulated by others. (This is the major advantage of having a deep understanding that comes from deep engagement and profound personal experience--as compared to having superficial, "book" knowledge.)
Once I published my first book in 2008, I was ready to start writing articles about what I discovered. As part of this process, I read other people's articles, blog posts and channeled information. I discovered then that much of the information, even information from the big gurus, did not resonate with me; it didn't resonate with what I had experienced. But even before then, I already knew that I had a huge job (and burden) ahead of me, and that much of what I would share would not necessarily be liked.
I would also not be liked because I knew this "great shift in consciousness" would not be an easy process for anybody to go through, and I knew that no beings were coming to physically help us in any way. I knew that if they helped us by doing things for us, they would cheat us out of discovering for ourselves who we really were and what we were capable of--which was necessary for us to experience firsthand if we were to create a Golden Age. How could we even sustain a Golden Age when the population has not experienced self-actualization and true self-esteem? But of course very few people wanted to hear this.
None of these things made me very popular. Neither my books nor my articles made me popular with many bloggers, reviewers, or readers. I was the brunt of some nasty comments, even from "spiritual" book reviewers, and different forms of online sabotage. In fact I still am. (My friend and personal psychic Pamela Leach says I couldn't get a better confirmation that I'm on the right track. But that isn't such a great consolation...) Not long ago another reader commented that she was surprised, considering the quality of my writings, why I wasn't more popular. Well, there you have some reasons.
I am also disappointed in the non-event that was December 2012, but not because I expected great events to occur. I'm disappointed because so few people had actually awakened to the truth, so few people had really "gotten it," and it was my job to help people awaken, to help them fulfill their higher purpose.
We are indeed entering a Golden Age, but it's us, as individuals, who are creating it--one step at a time, through our efforts and by following through with our inner guidance. (Which, by the way, helps us deepen the knowledge we have, including knowledge we received in the various schools and programs we attended. We just don't throw out everything we've learned, rather, we gain a deeper understanding of things, including of the process of life.)
Even though it will take some time to transform the entire world, once you as an individual get "on your wave" (and that does not have to take too long), you will have faith in yourself and your life will be transformed. The feelings of despair will dissolve because your understanding of the process occurring in your life and in the world has been transformed. (Which will help you have faith in others and the world as well.) All this will help keep you going even though you may still have a rough day now and then.
Of course, having personal experiences of the magic of this process is one thing, and believing it's true just because someone says so is another. (People say all sorts of things, and much of the information out there is meant to confuse and distract.) This is why I promote my memoir, What Everyone Believed: A memoir of intuition and awakening, not because I make a few dollars when I sell a copy (although it helps put food on the table)--but because a detailed account of someone's personal, real life experiences of the process (and the incredible, amazing synchronicities and learning experiences I went through) does offer the seeker much more in terms of real and tangible support than someone's theoretical information, or their promises / predictions, or channelings. Through sharing my personal experiences I offer hope and faith and an understanding that helps others go through their own process with less pain and more grace and ease.
Story
9 Feb 2013 - 3:46pm
The Faith Mind Sutra
The Great Way intro
Hsin Hsin Ming
Channeled by Sengstan
Third Zen Ancestor
The Great Way is not difficult
for those who have no preferences.
When love and hate are both absent
everything becomes clear and undisguised.
Make the smallest distinction, however
and heaven and earth are set infinitely apart.
If you wish to see the truth
then hold no opinions for or against anything.
To set up what you like against what you dislike
is the disease of the mind.
When the deep meaning of things is not understood
the mind's essential peace is disturbed to no avail.
The Way is perfect like vast space
where nothing is lacking and nothing is in excess.
Indeed, it is due to our choosing to accept or reject
that we do not see the true nature of things.
Live neither in the entanglements of outer things,
nor in inner feelings of emptiness.
Be serene in the oneness of things
and such erroneous views will disappear by themselves.
When you try to stop activity to achieve passivity
your very effort fills you with activity.
As long as you remain in one extreme or the other
you will never know Oneness.
Those who do not live in the single Way
fail in both activity and passivity,
assertion and denial.
To deny the reality of things
is to miss their reality;
to assert the emptiness of things
is to miss their reality.
The more you talk and think about it,
the further astray you wander from the truth.
Stop talking and thinking,
and there is nothing you will not be able to know.
To return to the root is to find the meaning,
but to pursue appearances is to miss the source.
At the moment of inner enlightenment
there is a going beyond appearance and emptiness.
The changes that appear to occur in the empty world
we call real only because of our ignorance.
Do not search for the truth;
only cease to cherish opinions.
Do not remain in the dualistic state
avoid such pursuits carefully.
If there is even a trace
of this and that, right and wrong,
the Mind-essence will be lost in confusion.
Although all dualities come from the One,
do not be attached even to this One.
When the mind exists undisturbed in the Way,
nothing in the world can offend,
and when a thing can no longer offend,
it ceases to exist in the old way.
When no discriminating thoughts arise,
the old mind ceases to exist.
When thought objects vanish,
the thinking-subject vanishes,
as when the mind vanishes, objects vanish.
Things are objects because of the mind;
the mind is such because of things.
Understand the relativity of these two
and the basic reality: the unity of emptiness.
In this Emptiness the two are indistinguishable
and each contains in itself the whole world.
If you do not discriminate between coarse and fine
you will not be tempted to prejudice and opinion.
To live in the Great Way
is neither easy nor difficult,
but those with limited views
are fearful and irresolute:
the faster they hurry, the slower they go,
and clinging cannot be limited;
even to be attached to the idea of enlightenment
is to go astray.
Just let things be in their own way
and there will be neither coming nor going.
Obey the nature of things, your own nature,
and you will walk freely and undisturbed.
When thought is in bondage the truth is hidden,
for everything is murky and unclear,
and the burdensome practice of judging
brings annoyance and weariness.
What benefit can be derived
from distinctions and separations ?
If you wish to move in the One Way
do not dislike even the world of senses and ideas.
Indeed, to accept them fully
is identical with true Enlightenment.
The wise man strives to no goals
but the foolish man fetters himself.
There is one Dharma, not many;
distinctions arise
from the clinging needs of the ignorant.
To seek Mind with the discriminating mind
is the greatest of all mistakes.
Rest and unrest derive from illusion;
with enlightenment there is no liking and disliking.
All dualities come from ignorant inference.
They are like dreams of flowers in air:
foolish to try to grasp them.
Gain and loss, right and wrong:
such thoughts must finally be abolished at once.
If the eye never sleeps,
all dreams will naturally cease.
If the mind makes no discriminations,
the ten thousand things
are as they are, of single essence.
To understand the mystery of this One-essence
is to be released from all entanglements.
When all things are seen equally
the timeless Self-essence is reached.
No comparisons or analogies are possible
in this causeless, relationless state.
Consider movement stationery
and the stationery in motion,
both movement and rest disappear.
When such dualities cease to exist
Oneness itself cannot exist.
To this ultimate finality
no law or description applies.
For the unified mind in accord with the Way
all self-centered striving ceases.
Doubts and irresolutions vanish
and life in true faith is possible.
With a single stroke we are freed from bondage;
nothing clings to us and we hold to nothing.
All is empty, clear, self-illuminating,
with no exertion of the mind's power.
Here thought, feeling, knowledge and imagination
are of no value.
In this world of Suchness
there is neither self nor other-than-self.
To come directly into harmony with this reality
just simply say when doubt arises, 'Not two.'
In this 'not two' nothing is separate,
nothing is excluded.
No matter when or where,
enlightenment means entering this truth.
And this truth is beyond extension or
diminution in time or space;
in it a single thought is ten thousand years.
Emptiness here, Emptiness there,
but the infinite universe stands
always before your eyes.
Infinitely large and infinitely small;
no difference, for definitions have vanished
and no boundaries are seen.
So too with Being and non-Being.
Don't waste time in doubts and arguments
that have nothing to do with this.
One thing, all things:
move among and intermingle,
without distinction.
To live in this realization
is to be without anxiety about non-perfection.
To live in this faith is the road to non-duality.
Because the non-dual is one with the trusting mind.
words !
The Way is beyond language,
for in it there is
no yesterday
no tomorrow
no today.
Blog entry
9 Feb 2013 - 3:46pm
Listening to Coast to Coast AM the other evening I heard about the Akashic records before i slipped off to sleep. The resonance that i felt when i heard that word meant i needed to investigate!! There seem to be many resources and consultants out there to help with readings or answers, etc. but i am a hands on type of person. I wanted to DO it!
Found this blog: http://lindahowe.blogspot.com/ which includes the opening and closing prayers and a lot of FAQ that gives hints on how to use the record. I have not read her book as yet or listened to the audio books, but the blog alone helped me to access the records for the first time last night. I thought the prayer aloud in my head and then chilled with it for a bit before asking it some questions. the answers i received were simple and elementary, sort of like when working lightwork on someone, we often easily can see the parallel's within our own selves... but it worked. my anxiety is a ninja working in the night, so i have to be ready.
Went to bed feeling great, but i have been skipping meditations... probably not the best idea, but i woke up grumpy with no patience for anything. i am still in the records now but have ceased to ask questions at this time and feel much calmer. I am not a fan of writing the revelations as is suggested as yet, but then i am so new to it, it is probably not a surprise. I think i will just sink into all of this everything and immerse myself in it. Mainly, i have been trying to maintain the manifestation of a complete and whole lightbody - making sure that if there are any breaks in the connections that I am on it like a dozer! fast and furious!
i feel that once i can learn more about these records that perhaps they will be the buoy that will save me when i feel sunk and it is sort of cool to just talk to yourself. it feels oddly as though you are speaking to your subconscious, but only to receive the most elemental of lessons, yet there is a solid and calm authority behind the voice as though it is somehow other at the same time - trippy :) <3
Teaching
8 Feb 2013 - 12:38pm
Body Mapping
An Approach to Self-Care, Self-healing, Longevity and Somatic Enlightenment
www.ecologyofthespirit.com
Body Mapping is a form of "etheric navigation" that returns us to the consciousness of our bodies, which means returning to the Earth by bridging the intricate energy fields of the physical and energetic bodies through 107 power points, zones and 14 subtle energy currents.
These sensitive energy zones form a sacred physiological map across the surface of the body that attunes us to both the sacred geography of the Earth and the sacred geometry of the constellations to enhance bio-psycho-spiritual powers. The interfacing of these power points and subtle energy currents helps us to understand the interchange of energy and information through the mind, the five senses, and our internal and external environments. These points are the connective links that restore proper connection and rhythm between these realities.
Balance and well-being are integral aspects of spiritual development that recognizes the integration of polar masculine and feminine spiritual forces - the two universal principles of Spirit and matter or consciousness and form. Connecting the polar Spiritual forces, points of energy and currents on either side of the body; and the seven centers of consciousness (chakras); harmonizes our embodiment with the knowledge that our body is our vehicle for realizing Spirit. The somatic life experience is not to be abandoned for untruths of an off-planet deity that views the body as taboo, its desires as shameful and to be controlled like a machine.
The life force that enlivens us is the source of intelligence - our mental function and perceptual faculties that allows us to think and perceive with reason. Consciously manipulating the dynamic energy zones on the body is the most direct method of harmonizing the intelligent life force between the subtle body (our internal energy, moods and emotions) and the physical body (our material condition) to increase health and vitality at many levels.
Body Cartography
The Multi-Dimensional Pathways of the Body
As Mechanism for Soul Expression
The fixed centers (the seven major chakras) and their power points are key places where stress and attachment accumulate blocking the free flow of energy and awareness. Energy flow is blocked on two levels - internal and external. Blockages on the internal level emanate from within. These are holding patterns that come from trauma, fear, shame, self-doubt, self-denial and unprocessed negative emotions. Excessive activity in too many directions dissipates vital energy. Blockages on the external level come from outside us, such as environmental pollution (chemicals that pollute water, air, food, soil and enitre ecosystems); poor nutrition partly created by food deficiencies from genetically engineered farming methods and poor diet; inherited factors and predispositions that affect the body (triggered by a poor lifestyle); Accumulation of toxins (mercury from dental amalgam fillings & consumption of toxic fish, lead from exhaust fumes, excess copper from water pipes, petrochemical toxins, superphosphates from fertilizers, insecticides and fungicides in food stuffs, flouride in water, cadmium in plastics, formaldehyde from plastic in home furnishings); chemical stress from perscription and over-the-counter drugs; electromagnetic radiation from human made sources (computers, towers, high voltage transmission lines, cellphones, TV screens, water beds, electric blankets & heating pads); noise pollution and negative impacting events. All these toxic factors cause physical and emotional challenges that overload the brain and bodies energy system from healthy avenues of release thus obstructing the natural flow of vital energy in the body and natural balance of the human energy system.
Anything resisted forms a suppressed composite energy pattern and causes a distortion in the body’s energy field that results in a corresponding crystallization in the muscle tissue, nervous and skeletal systems with a similar frequency to the suppressed hologram (emotional imprint). Where stagnant energy gathers tells a story of our life in terms of energy. Stagnant creative energy reflects the emotional patterns within our physical, energetic (subtle) and mental sheaths that interfere with healing, integration and soul mastery. The body is the outer manifestation of inner consciousness and the various conditions arise out of what already exists on the inner planes of thought, word and emotion. The negative emotional imprints (beliefs) create the experience of pain and suffering that is the root of our physical, emotional, mental and spiritual wounds. Our health, happiness and joy depends on bringing equipoise to the interference within us through non-judgmentalism, empathy and forgiveness. Once the unconsciously held reactive patterns of thought, word and emotion are sequentially discharged and brought to the fore of awareness, free agency is restored in those areas liberating the body field.
Body mapping the constellation of power points along with detoxification, emotional purification and rejuvenation therapies, acts as a switch effect that brings to surface, in layers, the self-imposed bondages of our own resistances - beginning with unconsciousness. As the unconscious emotional resistances are brought to consciousness, we gradually move from the entrapment of the reactive emotional body into the mental body where discernment can occur. Without discernment of the mental body we are unable to encompass duality with impartiality and equanimity and release identification with the extreme end of that polarity. Once this is accomplished, the physical body can rejuvenate and since the physical body is the doorway to spirituality, our first step is to energize our vehicle through proper nutrition and specific exercises. We then progress to the mastery of the senses and congruent emotional expression with the mental body, in essentially this interlapping order.
Purification in harmony with Universal Law takes persistence and dedicated effort. Once this experiential process is accomplished to a degree of mastery, the outer degenerative conditions of aging and disease gradually disappear by producing a change in the morphogenetic feild recalibrating our cells and DNA with new information.
Putting Things Into Perspective
Certain emotions tend to play a psychological role in human biology. Worrying, being overly conscientious, perfectionistic and compulsive, and highly responsible are often hallmarks that generate a lot of subconscious anxiety and anger in response to the pressures of daily life.
Bring awareness to subconscious emotional activity. Recall the psychological things that were going on in your life when the symptom occurred. Example: A financial crisis, new job or loss, newly married or divorced, an illness in the family, work pressure, and lack of the basics, etc.
Blog entry
8 Feb 2013 - 11:59am
The Wisdom in Mooji is incredible.
All coming from within, learning and discovering the true self without the perceptions of others.
Sharing Satsangs in order to discuss the working of the inner self being already perfect...broadening a deeper understanding.
"You must have enough of yourself in order to disappear and become the Being" ~ Mooji
Teaching
8 Feb 2013 - 11:45am
Language of Heart
The Heart is the Living Map to Guide us in our Journey into the Heart of the Mother
http://www.ecologyofthespirit.com
"Love is a fruit in season at all times, and within the reach of everyone."
~ Mother Teresa of Calcutta
The language of the Universe is reflected through the soul in its perspective of a unified consciousness that is imbued with the eternal trinity of the good, the beautiful and the true. The seat of the soul is the heart and therefore, the language of Soul is the language of the Heart and also the language of Nature, since the soul is bonded into the Earth's magnetic body inasmuch that Spirit is anchored into the Pleroma, the electrical force of creation at the heart of the Galactic Center. This means that the language of the soul communicates multi-dimensionally through the nexus of the heart in wholeness. According to the attribute of our heart is the reflective action, our measure of selflessness or selfishness. The variety of those interactions reflect the consciousness of our hearts' that creates our experiences and how we communicate them to others. When there is the simple awareness that pain, trauma and fear (anger) keeps us from being totally involved in the now we begin to understand volition and right action. We recognize that what does not stand in love within us needs to be worked on with a mind connected in love and intelligence.
Right action or volition is the primary force of motivation that distinguishes the personality of the Soul from the personality desires of the masked or automated self. The motivation of soul energy can be felt as a feeling-intellect within the heart, the impulse of compassion that moves us from the thick walls of selfishness into an ever-widening inclusiveness with life. It is from that place that we honestly attempt to be authentic as we are motivated through courage, inspiration and energy - the territory of the unfolding petals of the inner heart.
Love is the flower for which love is the honey
~ Victor Hugo
With an open heart it becomes easier to fight our selfishness with generosity and we begin to understand the language our soul impulse seeks to communicate to us. When we listen, we nourish our soul desires and trust its guidance more into our lives instead of fearing and going against our Essential Self. Our soul interfaces with our personality vehicle the more we honor others and ourselves by following through on our commitments, contribute our skills and knowledge in a loving and patient way. As we accept our selves, learn tolerance and unconditional love we raise the vibrations of our energy body attracting to us those of similar attributes of heart and essentially energies of higher quality vibrations that resounds outwardly into the world.
To invoke spiritual energy to help us heal or to show us our path of purpose, we ground into the womb of Nature, center our mind and expand our hearts. Then we simply state our needs, dreams and desires, forgive and then let go of our attachments and preconceived process of how things should be done. We release the tentacles of our mind that wraps around things we identify with (our conditioning) so that we may let things happen and surrender the "how" to the miracle-producing Universe. We listen and move in rhythm with the Divine Heart where love flows in Equipoise lovingly bringing calm, receptivity, aliveness and joy into our lives. The purpose of life is aliveness, never angst, fear or derision.
Excerpts from ©The Essential Self, Cultivating the Sacred Feminine through Polarity Integration by Alisa Battaglia
Story
8 Feb 2013 - 2:27am
As we move deeper into this new year, we are being asked to slow down, listen, and see the world around us with new eyes. We're in a new time that holds new potentials and learning opportunities based on "upgraded" frequencies. To make full use of these new potentials, we need to remember to slow down, observe the energies around us, and release any preconceived notions of reality.
Old Templates are Falling Away
In this new time, we are artists with blank canvases. We are free to interpret and experience reality anew. The new time looks and feels in accordance with our visions, motivations and desires for creating. If the new time looks and feels exactly like the old time, it’s time to ask ourselves if we’re creating reality based on old templates. Creating from old templates will result in realities similar to those we have experienced in the past. These old templates will not hold our energy and enthusiasm for much longer, however.
The Seed of the New Time is Planted within Us
Within each of us, the seed of the new time is pushing through the rich soil of our inspired imagination. As this seed grows, it sets up a yearning for new ideas, new visions, and new ways of being. A major theme for 2013 is re-invention. Many will be drawn to re-invent themselves in a way that expresses their perceptions and experiences of the new energies. Re-inventing one’s self involves adopting a new identity or focus self aligned with our new potentials.
Perceiving New Energies at the Subtle Level
Re-inventing ourselves begins at subtle, inner levels where manifestations take form. When we’re in a hurry, it’s hard to perceive subtle, inner levels where the energetic fields of our future creations are taking shape. Rushing through life is a symptom of enslavement to thought viruses that separate us from our true power. The antidote to this rushing about is to slow down, enter an alert, aware state, and observe the energies around us.
Every moment is encoded with the energies of our potentials. These potentials transport us onto the timelines that will be our future. If our present moment is a constant sprint to an imaginary finish line, we may activate potentials that carry us to timelines that are not of our choosing. At the very least, we may manifest future potentials of constant sprints leading to future potentials of constant sprints – you get the picture. We no longer need to learn from the old “Groundhog Day” syndrome of perpetually spinning through cookie cutter realities.
Expanding into Frequencies of Joy and Bliss
We step free of cookie cutter realities when we take time each day to slow down and become still within. From this still place, we are able to perceive new potentials and their timelines extending in all directions from our present moment.
When we slow down, a subtle and intricate world opens before us. As we bring our focus to these subtle realms, we encounter frequencies of joy and bliss, love and compassion at a level that is bioavailable. As we focus on these qualities, our capacity for experiencing them expands.
Our Perceptual Abilities are Expanding
It is easier now than in the past to perceive the subtle energies that exist all around us. It is easier than ever before to work with energy at inner levels to activate realities aligned with our highest visions. Our powers of perception are expanding in the new time. Wherever we were in terms of perceiving and creating our reality in the past, we will be able to expand exponentially as we move further into 2013.
When we look at a situation, we will perceive far more than what we are able to perceive with our physical senses. Imagine meeting a person and recognizing them from a past life, knowing something about their life and health, their goals and desires for the future, and their personal challenges. We are entering a time of far greater transparency where deception, subterfuge, and dishonesty will be replaced by honesty, openness and sharing in new ways. There have always been those who were able to see the soul that exists beyond personality veneers and shields put in place due to past pain and suffering. Now this form of seeing will become increasingly commonplace.
Revising our Creations through Future Vision
Whenever a situation comes before you, you will be able to see through the surface to the heart of the intention that created it. You will be able to see events crystalyzing well into your future. From this vantage point, you are able to make changes in your present moment that ensure the future you are creating is compatible with your intentions. We no longer need to rely on hindsight vision to revise our creations. Instead, we hold the option to utilize future vision.
We are free to learn life lessons in any way we choose. We can view the images of our upcoming creations and make revisions before they manifest into physical reality or we can wait for them to show up in physical reality and then fine-tune our understandings and intentions. The choice is ours.
For more on timeline and identity shifts, see Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
For more on fifth-dimensional realities, see The Future is Here Now: Steps to Accessing Fifth-Dimensional Consciousness By DL Zeta
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/the-future-is-here-now/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Blog entry
7 Feb 2013 - 6:39pm
The linked website is utterly brilliant, generally, and is well worth looking through in respect of many matters of current concern.
"Mixing and mingling with the endtime tribes is a strange lot of free-lance wizards on whom one hardly dares to put a name. Shamans, they are. But shamans of another order, whose lineage extends from the future as much as from the past. These wizards have an imaginative flair, the gift for magical realism (more below). They can be elusive, but they are strangely, disarmingly direct when it comes to imparting the initiatory secrets of their trade. Exhibiting a paradoxical mix of arrogance and humility, they are fine teachers, although they do not belong to any tradition, school, or educational program. They are generous and ruthless, but also capricious. And in social and spiritual style, they are occasionally brutal."
http://metahistory.org/ENDTIME/PartyXolotl.php
Teaching
7 Feb 2013 - 3:41pm
If you are made of universal consciousness, then how could you have a unique identity?
by Joel Bruce Wallach
http://cosmic-living.com/uncategorized/if-you-are-made-of-universal-consciousness/
Spiritual teachings emphasize that your essence is made from divine substance — universal consciousness. And this divine substance is the energy found within everything, everywhere.
But how do you explain that everything seems to have its own unique identity? You are not your dog, and you are not the tree in your yard, either. You intuitively know this, and you are secure in the knowledge that you are not someone or something else. It seems rather obvious, doesn’t it?
But why, then, are you always told that we are all one, and that we are all made from the same universal substance? There must be some factor, other than your egotistical insistence that it is so, that validates that you are a unique being.
The cosmic power that created your soul essence has also created that uniquely special identifier: your thoroughly individual soul signature. Even though everyone writes their name with the same basic letters, everyone also has their own unique stamp of individuality within their expression of those basic letters, and this unique pattern of expression is their handwritten signature.
Your soul signature, then, must be a unique arrangement of those basic universal elements, just as your written signature uniquely expresses the basic alphabet in your own special way. And so this brings up the possibility that although your soul is made of the same substance from which all souls were made, you have a solitary distinction that will always stand in contrast to all other souls. This realization may bring you some relief, because now you know that however deep your spiritual explorations may go, you will not evaporate into a vague void of cosmic nothingness as you progress spiritually.
There are, however, spiritual teachings that emphasize that your spiritual evolution will bring you to the place where you are one with the divine source, and you will lose your unique identity. That may seem plausible, at first, considering that all knowledge of the universe is within you. So it does seem likely that as your consciousness expands, your realization of the entire universe within you would shift your perspective. This may be a valid point to consider, because your limited egocentric concerns likely come from a narrow, overly personal perspective.
But does this mean that as you expand in consciousness, your unique soul signature disappears?
This is definitely not so, because your entirely unique soul signature was created for an important reason. Though you are made from universal substance, your unique soul signature serves a higher function for the universe. Your distinctive soul signature is your unique contribution that betters the universe, and that is why you were created as the particular soul that you are.
If your spiritual progress were to merely reduce you down to your essential universal substance, with no soul signature to individuate you, that would lessen the quality and richness available within the universe. And the universe is in a state of ever evolving consciousness — that is its nature — and so the universe benefits from, and even enjoys the creative contributions from your unique soul signature.
This means that you will eternally grow in consciousness, because that is the highest good. Of course, it is not as simple as some might prefer, because the universe has a dual delight in simplicity and complexity. To the consternation of those who seek to reduce everything to the overly simple, these contradictory qualities are forever intertwined in every aspect of the universe.
Your spiritual growth expresses an infinite evolutionary spiral that unites these two paradoxical expansions in your consciousness:
1. As you evolve, your ego releases limiting self-definitions, becoming more expansive, all-inclusive, and at one with the universe.
2. And, as you evolve, your soul opens to its greater definition of self. And that greater understanding includes your soul’s uniqueness — a deeper appreciation of your distinct soul signature.
So even as your ego is releasing limiting delusions of separation, your soul, at the very same time, becomes ever more aware of its distinct identity.
The interplay between these seemingly contrasting realizations may explain why there are so many spiritual and philosophical paths. These two elements seem to be opposed to each other, and it has been easier to bypass the contradictions by focusing on one or the other of these seeming opposites. This simplified, though incomplete, approach is certainly easier to teach.
Of course, many teachings bypass the paradox entirely, by reducing their teachings to a set of beliefs. Chief among these is that followers of that teaching will get their essential identity simply by being members of a religious group. Well, that’s simple, isn’t it? No worries there — just do what you’re told, fit in, and your identity is taken care of.
And for younger souls, this is fine, because deeper concerns about cosmic identity and long-term spiritual evolution are more appropriate matters for the older soul. And that is why the older souls gradually diverge from organized spiritual practice, because they seek an individual oriented, dogma-free approach that honors their actual spiritual perception, with no substitutions of simplified beliefs and prefabricated identity.
What about the spiritual teachings that emphasize how your spiritual evolution leads you to a generalized void or infinite space of divine light? Like many teachings, they correctly express one part of the paradox. The aspect of your evolution that involves your ego letting go of narrow limiting self-definitions is explained by such teachings.
Your ego, becoming free of narrow definitions, does truly open to a greater universal identity. But this is only part of the process, because even while your ego is releasing its limited identity, your soul is becoming more self-aware. And that is the missing piece in many spiritual teachings…
If your soul is building its unique strength and focus as it comes into an ever-deeper realization of its own soul signature, then it is going to evolve spiritually into higher consciousness through its own distinct pathway. And so your soul signature, created to be unlike any other, is truly carving its own path, through its own individual character, and this inevitably leads to its unique contribution to the universe. And this is what the universal creative power that created your soul has always wanted.
The divine wants your uniqueness to be a catalyst for the universe, through your presence and sharing of your own special vibration.
Now it is possible that the realization of your soul signature’s uniqueness may bring up a disquieting concern deep within you, because the hidden fear of standing out, or being different, will surface sooner or later. This concern will be stronger for those who crave being like others, and who feel most comfortable when their identity is submerged into a family, group, tribe, company, or other collective identity. And people who have that deep concern are not likely reading this. You were drawn to these topics through your realization that you are evolving, and your growing recognition that your soul has its own individual character.
But there is still a fear of standing out, because in so many cases uniqueness in this world is not rewarded, but instead is judged. And so, even when you are on a path of following your soul’s inner promptings, there is the worry that the deeper you follow your truth, the more you would diverge from the mass consciousness. And that thought, though worthy of a cheer from the more confident aspects of your soul, brings up concerns worth exploring.
First of all, you are not disappearing down a bizarre path that diverges entirely from human evolution, because of a simple fact: You recall that your spiritual evolution is following the paradoxical path of your ego dissolving into universal consciousness, while your soul is, at the same time, expanding into its uniqueness. And that means that as you utilize these two paths, you will not disappear into your individuality in an unbalanced way. Here is why this is so…
Your uniqueness is not different just for the sake of being different, but rather so that you can contribute your insights, energies, and actions to the transformation of this world. As your soul becomes more unique in its identity and its capacities, your ego shifts into a universal awareness that gives you deeper compassion and understanding for others, and this is the key to balancing your evolving soul:
Even as you become more individuated, your understanding of how to utilize that uniqueness in the highest service to humanity helps you understand yourself in a new way. You are an entirely unique agent of change and healing for this world. So your soul signature has a higher purpose that helps you sense what you can do to contribute to the planetary evolution.
But what, then, about the younger souls who are not ready to understand your contribution? Give them time, because in this lifetime, or the next, they will be ready for what you have to share. Fortunately, there are a broad range of souls incarnated on the planet, of various soul ages, and you are not here to assist everyone.
Helping absolutely everyone sounds lofty, and it may have noble intent, but it’s not realistic. You’re here on the planet to make a difference for those who are ready for you. And out of billions of souls on the planet, that could well be only hundreds of thousands, or perhaps millions of people. So your unique soul path is here to share with, possibly, millions of people. So why might your being different make you, at times, feel apart or stuck?
You’ve been taught contradictory teachings, and this brings up confusion in different levels of your being. While you were being told that your spiritual evolution would lead to your being a vague universal energy with no unique identity, you were also being told by the secular world that you are a merely material being, with no link to the universal consciousness at all.
Actually, your inner spiritual work is helping you to become more comfortable with your unique soul identity, and you are coming to realize how important that distinct identity is for the planet’s evolution. And this is something that you learn through your own contemplation. And yet, inner spiritual progress is something that the secular material world laughs at, because that world seeks to make you believe that you have no unique soul identity.
But here is another curious paradox about this world:
1. The material secular world teaches you that you have no unique soul identity, and that you have no universal identity either. In the material world, these understandings are distorted, so that you can only develop your unique identity by buying the correct products, participating in the correct lifestyle, and adopting the correct belief systems.
2. But, wait a minute — in many of the spiritual teachings, your soul identity is claimed to be a vague undifferentiated universal energy, rather than the unique identity that it really is. And wait another minute — you can supposedly only develop your spiritual identity by participating in a lifestyle that appears to be correctly spiritual, and by buying into the correctly sounding spiritual terminology and beliefs.
And so the difference between giving your power away to the material society, or to the spiritual teachings is… what, exactly? Well, if you give your power away, it doesn’t matter where or to whom you’ve given it. You take your power back by understanding your essential nature. This requires your realization that your essential nature is a seeming contradiction:
- First, you recognize that you are one with the universe, because the vastness and complexity of the universe is within you. It is the divine substance from which you were made.
- Second, you recognize that you are an entirely different expression of that universal substance than anyone else.
Your choice to resolve this seeming contradiction will free you from so many concerns and limitations, because it frees you to discover your path — as a universal being — and as an individual: the way of the multidimensional self, known as You.
Your path, though unique, fulfills the universe’s desire that you contribute to the universe. Now, many people and many organizations are only too happy to tell you how you should contribute to the universe. And they are certain that they are right, and in certain aspects, they may be. However, you do have free will, and that is what lets you follow your own path. That unique path of yours may, at times, merge with other individuals and organizations, and your path will also, through its unique necessity, diverge at times.
When the universe gave you your unique soul signature, it gave you free will, and this was essential for the fulfillment of your purpose. Without free will, you wouldn’t really be a unique contributor to the universe, because you would simply be an automaton, acting out someone else’s plan. And some teachings are happy to make you believe that you need only follow someone else’s program. This is why taking ownership of your free will may be a daunting notion for some people, because they would rather give the responsibility away to another person or group.
What is your moment of empowerment? You honor that you have been given free will for a reason, because this suggests that you have individual choices to make, and that no one can make them for you.
As an older soul, you are coming into the recognition that you have access to universal wisdom within you. And yet, this universal wisdom is being expressed through your own soul signature, and so it takes the power of free will to make the choice to do those things that you came here to do. While the secular material society pretends to champion free will, it really fears it. The material world wishes you to believe that buying the right product is an expression of your free will. Meanwhile, the spiritual teachings often fear free will for their own reasons, because then you wouldn’t follow along with their dogmatic teachings and beliefs.
And as an older soul, you are finding that free will, guided by your own inner universal consciousness, is really a deeper topic, and much more than what many assume it to be. Genuine spiritually attuned free will is not random at all, because it is, in fact, an expression of perfect harmony. Why has harmony developed such a limiting image, with no room for individuality? It is because we imagine harmony in an overly simplified, restricted way.
Actually, universal harmony has more than enough room for your uniqueness. In fact, the highest quality of universal harmony requires your uniqueness, because harmony formed of rich complexity is stronger, more flexible, and more effective in every way.
This is why it is vital that you develop your individual consciousness. If you want peace, harmony, wellness, and spiritual consciousness on the planet, it comes from your uniqueness. And if you had assumed that you had to give up your uniqueness to live in a world of bland spiritual sameness, that was entirely the limiting delusion of certain spiritual teachings.
Notice how the limiting beliefs of many spiritual teachings conveniently converge with the limiting beliefs of the material world. Whether they intended it or not, they both keep you limited by hiding the paradox about your unique, yet universal self. Consider this…
- As you become more unique as a soul, your ego becomes more universal.
- As your ego becomes more universal, you become more unique as a soul.
Either way you say it, you are made of the same cosmic substance that everyone is made of, and at the same time, you are unlike anyone else. That is your truth. You are a universal being — one with the source. But a universal being is one who contributes to the universe as an entirely unique co-creator participant.
And because your contribution must be of the highest quality, you were created to have your own soul signature, unlike any other. And that is the way the universe wants it to be.
Thank you for expressing this synergistic combination of universal uniqueness. Thank you for being, O sacred you.
Many Blessings,
Joel Bruce Wallach
Teaching
7 Feb 2013 - 3:17pm
Remembering to be Aware of Yourself
http://belsebuub.com
Having continuity of self-awareness throughout daily life is very difficult, and yet continuity is important for the ability to understand oneself.
Chattering and daydreaming takes thought in own direction, and subconscious states fill the mind and the psyche with various emotions and feelings.
Productive time may be spent planning or thinking about something, but daydreaming can easily let in ego states. Compulsive thoughts don’t allow constructive thought. Compulsive thoughts arise because of subconscious ego states and the influence of the Kundabuffer, the descending energy from the coccyx, which throws up energies from inferior regions like a wheel turning round and round.
Subconscious states need to be seen for self-discovery to occur. Seeing them is called self-observation.
Self-observation and awareness are all part of the “seeing” of consciousness.
Coming out of a daydream is waking from psychological sleep. But that daydream is not in itself as harmful as ego-driven subconscious states, which give thoughts of negativity, worries, fears, pleasures, stress, etc. The daydream state without ego-driven subconscious states is simply the representations or images of the mind.
Understanding how the mind is related to action is important. That understanding is gained through self-observation.
How one approaches spirituality is determined by what one thinks and feels about it. An interest in it is required. That in turn depends upon how one lives one’s life and the priorities one has.
If the interest in the spiritual is simply passing, then the activity in it will be so too.
It’s possible to confuse thinking about awareness with actual awareness, yet they are not the same thing. Thought can lead to awareness providing a remembrance for it to begin. Yet awareness is “felt”; to see the difference between thinking and feeling, between true awareness and thought, takes some practice. If it’s just done mentally, it’s not going to work.
Events in life give rise to inner states; by observing these states the events of life become valuable for learning about yourself. Everyone has to respond to life and to the various situations that are faced daily, and if someone can’t observe themselves, they’re going miss their opportunities for learning.
Inner faculties are difficult to explain with words very clearly. Everyone who wants self-knowledge has to find out for themselves how to actually do it.
How to Avoid Being Swallowed Up by a Mundane Life
To remember yourself throughout your life you have to dedicate your life to reaching enlightenment and helping others to do so. Otherwise mundane living will swallow you up.
If someone lives a mundane life with enlightenment as an added on interest, they’ll find that they have such little spiritual strength, that they can only observe themselves occasionally, such as when something acts as a reminder for that observation, or when with a group of like-minded people, or when talking about the esoteric work, or when something external reminds them to observe.
There’s nothing essentially in mundane daily life that brings about the reminder of self-awareness, so it’s easily forgotten. And then, time just goes by.
If you learn to be in self-remembrance and self-observation then you can learn from events and die to your egos. To awaken you need three things: inner death, birth (alchemy), and sacrifice for others. So you must become good at those three things, without falling into the traps of a contented belief system: not becoming an individual content in a religion, lost within its structure, existing in a fantasy world, and trapped in the past. You have to be committed and an inner revolutionary, able to practice and self-observe in whatever you’re doing, at any time and in any place.
If you can’t observe yourself, you’ve got no chance of dying to yourself. But to discover how to observe yourself you must investigate and explore it.
It is not easy; the theoretical information on how to do it is given to you, but the experience of it will cost you a lot in effort.
Explore and discover how you can remember to observe and search to find how it works. Many of the problems encountered in observing are due to not actually remembering to observe.
If there’s no will to observe, it must mean that there’s something within that doesn’t wish to observe at that time. If you can train yourself to observe, it becomes part of your way of being and part of your way of life, which is why it’s so important to get it right.
It’s something “felt,” and is to be discovered for oneself. It can’t be taught intellectually. It’s possible to get information about it from either the astral world or dreams if you work enough. The information you find there can help you to know what to do.
When I was starting off in the esoteric path, I knew that I had to get awareness working correctly; I knew that it was a very important part of the work. Although I was trying to be aware in a certain way, I couldn’t quite get it to work properly. But I kept trying, and through sheer effort in my dreams I was shown mistakes that I was making, ways that I could approach it, and things that I could do to correct it. Then I applied that and learned to do it properly. But the actual information that I got from my dreams was a result of a lot of effort.
It is such an important thing to learn how to observe correctly, and its lack of understanding is a factor in people’s failure to awaken.
To get information from dreams you must make efforts. You might just have an interest in awakening, but not make many efforts to do it. Then you won’t get the information in dreams which will allow you to explore deeply.
Q: What governs remembrance? I often wonder about it and it concerns me, because if I don’t remember, I cannot get rid of my defects.
Belsebuub: Yes, it is a concerning issue, because although wishing to do the work, it’s difficult to remember to do it. You need to reflect to find understanding. One point to realize is that you are studying in daily life, that this is a school where you are studying. This is something that it is not taken into account very well. It may seem that it is not the case, but it is because of that, that everyone is here—to study and learn.
You may sometimes have dreams where you are studying in a classroom. That is an experience that is not just for that night: the fact is that everyone who is trying to change (more so those on the path) is taken as a student in the internal worlds, and is assessed there too. Then, if you want to remember to do the work, you need to immerse yourself in it and take yourself as a student who is going to study in a day and be marked at the end of that day. Then your main focus will be to study that day to be marked at the end of it. In this way you will remember to do the work more and more.
I also often tried and reflected upon what you said previously, that we have to record in our mind and think about the inner death. But how exactly do you record it in your mind?
Thoughts are a driving mechanism. If you have something as a priority, you will be thinking about it. Likewise, you need to make the inner work a priority—surround yourself with the things of the work externally and also internally. Watch the activities you do during the day and study yourself. It helps to have the frame of work in the activities you do throughout the day, or at least some of it, to help you to remember internal things. The ancient Egyptians for example had esoteric symbols on their walls, temples, etc.—they were in that environment.
You don’t just do the inner work here and there and then carry on with mundane life, but your whole frame of mind is set upon doing the work by watching the activities you do during the day and studying yourself internally.
Thought compels and directs everyone; it usually drives the psyche and actions. To combat this, there has to be a longing for the spiritual and an inner dedication that puts your mind upon what you are doing at the time and makes the awareness active. Then you can use whatever situation you’re in for self-discovery and the destruction of negative states. If you only remember to do it occasionally, you won’t get very far.
How can the consciousness help us to understand something?
Consciousness goes through the mind, it is at the center of it. So for example, you could see a situation and instantly understand it. This is used all the time; it’s a major factor in actually surviving as people. You get an instant understanding which is from consciousness—it’s not a thought, a sensation, or an instinct. It’s not part of what you have learned either—you have an instant comprehension of the situation, and that’s consciousness in action – it’s the intelligence of consciousness.
That’s not to say that you can’t use your mind to solve problems and act; you have to use the mind otherwise you become immobilized.
Just be on whatever it is you’re doing at the time, keeping clear of daydreams and subconscious states. This allows you to think more clearly about what you’re doing.
Some say that not every thought is an ego.
If every thought was an ego and you tried to get rid of very one you’d become incapable of functioning. Imagine now you got rid of all the information about computers and you earned your living from them, what would you do?
Sometimes we make a mistake and we consult our mind and say that what we see has to be an ego. But it’s not always.
No, that’s right. The intellectual center is a center—it’s a useful thing, but it’s used by the egos.
The egos take it over. So for example, instead of studying something about computers, you just start thinking about what you did in the morning, then other subconscious states come in and you may start to feel that you don’t really want to study computers anymore.
What about the conscience?
What is called the conscience can be a moral sense, but in its true spiritual sense it’s when the consciousness/essence has the effect of making someone feel that they’ve done something wrong – it hits inside, and brings remorse and regret.
It may not necessarily be the conscience that is hammering. It can also be an ego or a moral sense, and it’s only through observation and experience that you begin to distinguish between them.
How can you tell the difference between being aware and not being aware?
The only way to tell the difference is to actually be aware, because it’s not a thought. If you’re so used to thinking, then you can easily just think about awareness, so what you have to do is to practice being aware.
Try doing something where you just concentrate upon being aware, for example, go for a walk and just practice and feel what it is to be aware, and to feel through your five senses. It really is a matter of practice, because the mind can’t give the answer—it’s something different to the mind.
It’s a matter of playing with it…
In a way, but investigate it, and when you do, try to feel it.
What I wanted to add on this is that we go through many tasks in our life and we bypass them without paying attention to them enough anyway. Maybe that is what we are talking about by being aware and not being aware? This is what I understand about being aware, because if I go by, past a human being having a problem and I don’t pay attention to it, I’m not being aware of something happening…
Being aware shouldn’t stop you from being aware of what’s happening around you. If it does, you’re not practicing it properly.
Awareness is internal and external; investigate how it works. If a person progresses enough in the esoteric work, then their consciousness gets much stronger and it merges with the spiritual. And this spiritual can dominate the egos, so you can rest in spiritual peace.
Being aware is not a thought—if you make it thought, it won’t work, because you’ll always find something else to think about and there will always be demands which life makes, which take your attention.
You’ve got to feel it; that’s the first step. If you can, then you can do it in whatever you’re doing. Learning about it requires an investigation in which you experiment in order to find out how it works. It’s like a scientist at work: a research project takes time and work, often with experimentation.
Everyone is used to ways of living that don’t allow the development of consciousness. If you want to develop consciousness you have to learn how to, and for that you need to practice and experiment. Once you get it, you have the ability to repeat it.
It’s simple, and you can even get it the first attempt, but the mind makes it very complicated, and that’s a great obstruction to it.
So to give an example, when you say that to be aware that we feel angry, is it like when I feel angry I feel my blood come up to my head and so on, because to me I find that blood is moving to the head, or that my stomach is being rattled—this is what you mean?
Look for the sensations and the feelings of it. If you’re thinking that blood is moving to your head you can actually miss observing anger itself. But if you perceive things happening, then you’re observing them and when you see, you understand. There is a latent understanding within that arises from consciousness and it gives wisdom and common sense. This is how to really get around in life; a lot of it is common sense. When you see something within yourself, you can understand it. If you don’t understand it, you’ll just try to work it out and never really know what’s going on.
When I try to think about being aware, that awareness disappears.
The thought of awareness is not awareness. It’s normal that when you think about being aware, actual awareness disappears if the thought doesn’t lead to the action of being aware. If you’re not used to being aware, you won’t know how to act with awareness.
It’s a pleasant feeling though.
Yes, but if it’s so pleasant, then why don’t you do it all the time?
Because of the mind and the emotions.
Yes, so to really change, you have to strengthen the essence, the consciousness. And that requires a change in the very structure of your inner nature. If your inner nature changes enough and the essence is stronger, it has more power to manifest and overcome the egos.
In trying to realize really what awareness is, being aware. What I have come to understand is that if by passing a cat which was hit by a car and struggling with pain, I see, I visualize, I experience the fact happening in front of me just looking at it, but if I don’t allow myself to feel the pain or the sorrow for what’s happening, then I’m not aware, I’m not close to awareness, I’m not functioning awareness. Have I said it correctly?
Are you saying that if you don’t allow yourself to feel pain for that animal, you are not really being aware?
Yes, or I’m not being aware if I trick my mind to something else like, “Ok, I’m looking at the cat and it’s struggling,” that’s it, and bypass it. If I don’t allow myself to feel that this is not proper, that it shouldn’t happen, then I’m not aware.
You’re thinking about it too much, you’re caught in an endless circle of thought. You’re feeling something for the suffering of the cat, and at the same time thinking about how you should act with awareness.
I’m trying to distinguish between the two, not to mix the mind with awareness.
But you’re trying to distinguish intellectually; this is the problem. You’ve got to start right from the basics by knowing how awareness feels, which you know by being aware. Then you will be able to distinguish between genuine compassion (which comes from the essence) and the various emotions. But you’ve got to start with the very basics first, because if you don’t understand them, you’ll just be applying ideas and they won’t clearly show you what awareness is, nor will they show you the faculties of consciousness, which do exist, but which are smothered by the intellect and by various lower emotions.
You need to practice with the willingness to keep trying.
Are you saying that the cat isn’t the problem, it’s within us—is this what you’re trying to say?
The fact is, the cat is suffering and there’s nothing that can be done about it, so then how does a person react to the cat? Do they go into shock and trauma? Are they so locked in thought that they are just like robots that have no care for anything? It’s neither of these things. There is within a natural and spontaneous way of acting.
You can see this most obviously in children, because children have a natural, free spontaneity, but they have it as a kind of innocence, without real knowledge of things. Although they have an innate knowledge in their essence, it becomes less and less with time. As a person grows the egos increase and strengthen, the intellect also develops, and is controlled basically by the egos. Then the spontaneity of childhood becomes lost. A child is not an unfeeling robot; there are natural qualities of consciousness, which include care and love for others.
In the esoteric work consciousness is freed and so increased, and the spiritual part is freed. The egos are the various emotions. They are not spiritual—they are animal. They exist in animals in a very simple form: a lion gets angry in the same way that a person gets angry. Dogs fight for food. If there was a machine outside a bank which was throwing out money, you could see people fighting in a similar way. The basic egos that are in animals, are also within people through the process of evolution.
Now as a human being, you can continue to live and act in this animalistic way, being driven by these various sensations, moving toward pleasure and away from pain, with all of the complicated things that exists in life. You could stay like this, and most people do, but you have the opportunity to change and to awaken the spiritual within you, and this is a better way to be.
You know how popular violent movies are. What kind of emotions drive people to watch films where others are involved in crime? And why is it that horror films are so popular? It’s because there’s an enjoyment in lower emotions. There are far more movies like this than there are spiritual movies, and that tells you something about the state of humanity.
And then we see the results throughout the world: wars, famine, greed, destruction of the environment, etc., and all of this is because of what’s within each person. You can’t expect people to behave perfectly if inside all this negativity is going on. You need to study and see the negativity and then gradually get rid of it, so that the consciousness, the essence, the spiritual part within can increase in its strength and wisdom.
I have been feeling anger and jealousy a lot recently; can you say something about them?
Given the appropriate circumstances, anger and jealousy like any ego will repeat themselves. Every time you are in them, those inner states get psychic food, which makes them stronger. The more you feed them, the stronger they get. In this way, through repetition and strengthening of egos, people develop jealous or angry personalities. Given a similar set of circumstances in the future, you would see those egos again—and they will increase in their strength the more you feed them.
What you need to do is to learn to observe them. So when you see a similar circumstance—maybe that person again—look inside to see that jealousy, to see how it feels inside, how it makes you act, etc. You also then do the same with anger. But to do that you have to be observing yourself. You can look back over it sometime later, but if you just remember afterwards without having observed it as it was happening, you will miss very important information.
You mean to say being aware?
To be aware is to perceive both of the outside world and the inside world at the same time, as one. So you’re aware of the environment you are in, and aware of what alters the perception of it. As an example, you may be aware that you’re not clean inside, that you’re not in pure awareness, but are feeling an emotion of jealousy. So try coming back to the present moment, try being aware. In you know how to die to yourself, you can deal with the ego in the moment that it arises.
Another important thing you can do is to carry out an exercise of analysis and meditation on the ego sometime after the event, probably later in the day. Very simply, look back over the event, see how that ego state has manifested in it, and how it has made you act, then see how it has manifested through your life and analyze and meditate upon it to get understanding about it.
It’s one thing to see an ego, but another to remove it. And it’s better not only to be able to see it, but to remove it too.
Be able to see an ego and learn not to feed it. If you don’t want to feed it, don’t stay in it. If for example you realize you’re feeling angry, watch it, be aware of it, try to be aware of the present moment. That slowly makes you stop giving psychic energy to that emotion and so it gets weaker.
Emotions don’t stay all the time, one appears then another replaces it. Anger is eventually replaced by a different ego such as laziness for example, which could be replaced by greed, and so on—these states are not permanent. The permanent part within is consciousness; this is the immortal part, and it is what needs to be strengthened. Everything else is temporary, it just comes and goes.
I believe that in relation to the question of what we do when we find something within us, the answer is prayer. It was given to humanity years ago and upon creation in order to study and develop ourselves.
As Jesus said, watch and pray. The two go together. To watch is to do things awake, observing within and outside.
To understand esoteric things you have to start with the practical things of daily life, with what you can see and do, because you’ve got to have your feet on the ground. If you want to study very spiritual things you have to first begin to understand yourself. If you don’t, you’ll simply have a belief.
If I try to deal with anger in this way, won’t I just be suppressing it?
It’s not a matter of suppressing anger, but of seeing it and understanding it. Suppression means that the inner state is raging, but you try not to express it. Instead, observe the emotion and be as aware as you can. Later, try to get more understanding of the ego by analyzing it.
If you look at the results of anger, you’ll see people fighting, hitting each other, being full of hatred, etc. There is a way to act without anger and it’s a better way. Acting with understanding is a much better way of acting than shouting at someone or hitting them.
Some think that if they don’t have these egos, that they won’t be able to act, but it’s not true. One way of acting is replaced by a superior way, so the lower, animal states and ways of acting are replaced by others of a superior kind, with understanding, wisdom, love, compassion, knowledge, etc. And that doesn’t make anyone a “stupid saint,” nor does it make them unable to act in life; on the contrary, they are able to act with intelligence, because real intelligence comes from the essence.
Intelligence is not simply an intellectual matter of remembering things and then weighing up options. With real intelligence, comprehension is direct and immediate and gives superior knowledge. This is a much better way of acting.
I sometimes can reach a point where I kind of—and I used to mistake this for awareness—where I reach kind of a more of a stoic or numb state, where it’s like a false contentment almost. And I’ve also noticed that in doing practices, like afterwards I’ll just feel like, “Oh, that went well,” but not really exploring it. And I just wondered if you could comment on that a little bit?
That numb state is being in a daze. When you reach spirituality, it has an impact upon you, and it makes you want to have more. In the same way, at the same time, it guides you as to what to do.
When you just act mundanely in a state of psychological sleep and then think about your actions, analyzing and judging them, you haven’t reached to the core consciousness. Reaching to the core is vital, because then it becomes your guide, and it leads you in action. So learn to reach to that core, to the inner guide.
When you reach the guide you know what it feels like. If you can get to that, it will help you to act.
Sometimes I work toward being more aware and it seems like as soon as I get a bit of understanding, I want to hold onto that understanding and it makes me nervous about moving forward, like I fear that something’s going to take it away. I just wondered if you could expand on that a little?
This is something that your thought process is bringing up. If you are trying to be aware and feel any kind of emotion or worry because of it, you’re not properly aware. Keep your mind concentrated on what you’re doing at any moment and fight even the traps of your mind that will take you away from your purpose and what you need to do.
Just get on with it and then fight your way through. As you do that, you learn about the various traps of the mind, and that’s how you start to get yourself free from them.
If you do things in the usual mechanical, half-asleep way, your actions will be just actions, the same as those done every day by anyone living a mundane life. But if you do them while self-aware, their personal significance is substantially altered.
Blog entry
7 Feb 2013 - 9:52am
How do y'all CLOSE your third eye?
Ok some music for the road
Blog entry
7 Feb 2013 - 8:28am
6 February 2013
Let us give you an overview of the current planetary situation as we view it.
The magnetic field of earth is involved in a perturbation or morphing. This is taking place interdimensionally, and the net effect is incremental surges in amplitude or strength of the magnetic field. This morphing of earth’s magnetic field is like a wave that rises and falls very quickly, and the oscillations are minute, but distinct. This is having a very strange effect upon human consciousness, specifically your biological experience. Many people are experiencing an increase of exhaustion and weariness. (As we have mentioned in previous communications, these symptoms are also caused by movements of energies from deep space as they pass through your galaxy and your solar system.)
But this (perturbation) is of a different category. This is caused by the magnetic field itself, which is responding to the deep energies from space. It is a response of the molten core of your earth itself; and the magnetic field is having a conversation with the cosmos, if you wish to think of it in this metaphorical way. Now, your science does not view things in this manner, but from our perspective the magnetic field is having a conversation with these cosmic visitors, the energies from deep space, which are, by nature, catalysts for spiritual evolution.
Another set of symptoms directly related to the perturbations of your magnetic field are distinct changes in how you hold short term memory—because memory is a function of the magnetics of your own nervous system and that of earth. Your brain processes information through the minute gravitational and non-gravitational fields of it’s own structure and it is affected directly by fluctuations in the earth’s magnetic field. And so you can expect an increase in short term memory anomalies. You may find yourself speaking a sentence and suddenly the words do not come to you or you mix up the words from their normal syntax. While in some cases this is the sign of a brain disorder, you will find this happening within the general populace at an increasing rate. Escalations in collective short-term memory glitches will lead humanity to a most novel situation. This situation is an opportunity or a curse, depending on how you work with it.
The opportunity is to see through the mental matrix of your own creation. What we mean by this is when your mind is unable to continue its story line in the ways it is used to, you have an opportunity to glimpse the realities behind the curtain (of perception). You are the ones who have created the curtain, and you have done this to keep yourselves separated from things you do not wish to see or experience directly, or in some cases what others do not wish you to see or experience directly. We refer here to the unseen manipulators of your collective reality—those who hold the economic and political reins of power.
We have said before that there are forces on your planet that actively resist the impulse for spiritual evolution. They are invested in continuing their lies through the misappropriation of information in order to control you. Their job is getting more difficult.
Their job is getting more difficult because the perturbation of the magnetic field creates gaps in the creation of mental realities projected by the human mind. They—meaning those who wish to control and manipulate you—have vast resources at their command, and they are employing every one of them. But they cannot control the magnetic field of the earth! And for this, you should give thanks.
The impulse that is affecting the magnetic field of the earth comes from far beyond their locus of influence. It is our expectation, based upon our understanding of hyper-dimensional physics, that the perturbations of your magnetic field are going to increase over the next several years. Those of you who are sensitive energetically are the ones feeling this most intensely at the present moment, but we suspect that in the next two to three years most people will be affected by this in a way they are consciously aware of, even if they do not know why.
We have a couple of suggestions for dealing with the situation.
Our first suggestion is the easiest. It involves understanding your connection to the core of the earth itself. As an energetic being, in addition to your flesh and blood, you can form a conscious energetic relationship with the core of the earth.
This understanding, or orientation, is that you are immersed in and surrounded by, earth’s magnetic field. By going into mental resonance with the core of the earth (the generator of earth’s magnetic field), you become energetically stabilized. The earth, as a conscious being, can reveal herself to you in ways that are difficult to describe because your culture does not have a language for this. And you have been manipulated and controlled to insure that you do not have an awareness of this, for it could be one of your greatest strengths.
By entering into resonance with the core of the earth you become more conscious of the earth as a living conscious being. Through this link, you receive a type of energetic-solidity—even in the midst of earth’s increasing chaos.
The odd thing about it, however, is that when you bring yourself to your senses, so to speak, you are less controllable, less “manipulatable” by those forces that control the thought stream of humanity through mis-information, manipulation and mind-control.
In other words, forming a direct conscious relationship with the earth’s core bypasses many of the affects of what we call life-negative technologies.
If you wish to do something in addition to entering into mental resonance with the core of the earth, we suggest using your pranic tube, a subtle energetic channel that runs from above your head, through the center of your body, and into the earth. This tube, this channel, can be extended deep into the earth, down into the very core itself, and also above the head deep into space. In this method you are not dealing with extending the channel beyond the top of the head. Instead, you only extend the channel into the core of the earth.
But the essential thing is not so much the sending of this channel into the earth. The essential thing is to understand that you are in resonance with the core of the earth simply by knowing it. This will impart a sense of stability even in the midst of increasing chaos. It will awaken your senses. It will bring you into greater conscious relationship to earth. And, we must caution you that it will also de-hypnotize you—make you less controllable. And you will see through the lies around you more clearly!
The second suggestion involves developing a conscious relationship to the core of the galaxy.
Essentially, understand that you can be in resonance with the core of the Milky Way Galaxy, which is a black hole, and that in similar ways to being in resonance with the core of the earth, you can become stabilized in relationship to the galaxy.
If you are capable of this, simply hearing this described to you will activate the knowingness of how to do it. It is not a complex affair. It is quite simple, but requires the understanding that a part of you is not limited by the time and space coordinates of your physical body.
It requires an understanding that consciousness can extend instantaneously, anywhere in time and space, and by extending your consciousness to the galactic core, you are stabilized in relationship to the galaxy.
The ideal is to be in relationship to earth’s core and the core of the galaxy simultaneously.
Then you will be able to ride the waves of energy from deep space with a greater degree of mastery.
But, again, we caution you that this will make you less controllable, harder to hypnotize, and then you may have the very odd experience of waking up while many around you are still asleep. What you do with this awareness is, of course, your choice and your response-ability.
The Hathors March 24, 2008
A few clarifying thoughts from Tom
For those unfamiliar with the pranic tube here is a brief description:
The pranic tube is a subtle energetic-channel that is tube-like and runs from the crown, at the top of the head, through the center of the body and passes through the perineum into the earth. The perineum is a point mid-way between your genitals and your anus.
If you touch the tip of your thumb to the tip of your second finger, you will see a circle that is the approximate size of your pranic tube. In some esoteric traditions, the pranic tube is called the Central Pillar or Central Column.
Some lineages of Tibetan Buddhist yogis and yoginis work with a very thin channel, about the size of a human hair, that runs through the center of the pranic tube. This energy pathway is known as the Secret Channel and it is used in certain esoteric yogic practices to affect the subtle energetics within the yogi’s or yogini’s body—the idea being that such practices lead to a quicker unfolding of spiritual illumination or enlightenment.
Generally speaking, the pranic tube runs a few feet into the earth (unless one is really un-grounded) and up above the head a few feet as well. Since the pranic tube is a subtle energetic, it does not follow the laws of Newtonian physics, but instead resides within the constraints of Quantum Mechanics. Thus, it is possible to extend the pranic tube very far into the earth, into the very core of the planet and/or far out into space.
For those readers who find such concepts outlandish, I suggest you read a short article I wrote entitled Thoughts and Observations of the Channel.
If it helps, think of the pranic tube as an imaginary device. Then you don’t have to determine whether such a thing is really possible or not. You can explore the effects of the pranic tube on its own terms.
The pranic tube is affected by thought and intention. All it takes to extend the channel into the earth or into the cosmos is the intention for it to do so. If you are new at this, you may just have a thought that it is happening. As you work with it more, you will eventually have the distinct impression that it extends or contracts according to your intention.
In the method suggested by the Hathors in this planetary message, use of the pranic tube is for those who want to do something in addition to just going into mental resonance with the earth. Some people are resonators and some are activators. Some people are both. Going into resonance with something other than you (i.e. the earth’s core) is essentially an act of passivity. Some people do this well while some people need to do something. For those who want to do something while going into resonance, the pranic tube is an excellent device. So choose the method that works for you.
The important thing—however you do it—is to enter into mental resonance with the core of the earth and if you can manage it, the galactic core as well.
© 2013 Tom Kenyon All Rights Reserved http://www.tomkenyon.com You may make and distribute copies of this message in any media you wish so long as you do not alter it in any way, do not charge for it, credit the author and include this entire copyright notice. You may not, however, use my music with any video, graphics, meditation or copy placed over it. You may not post my music on You Tube or any such media. The message itself may be copied and shared, but not my music. I hold copyright on all my music, and it may not be used, distributed, or copied in anyway in any medium. www.tomkenyon.com
Blog entry
7 Feb 2013 - 4:58am
Understood quite differently when one listens thru the Heart rather than mind,,,, this Expression is an exquisite Heart Opener !
"Depression is a symptom of the soul not being fully expressed"
listen with YOur Heart, transcend the 12, and move to be willingly & gratefully open to the Infinite within and beyond.
with all my Love to You, annie
Kelly La Sha
Ep 8 - Kelly La Sha "Four Intentions To Incension" (112:39)
Download the MP3
Date: January 24, 2013
By: Super Woo Radio
Description: Kelly shares her incredible journey from being absconded by a satanic group as a child, to shamanic healer and her expertise in midwifing souls through their journey to the 5th dimension. She is the author of Liquid Mirror and co-author of Surfing the Transformational Waves of 2012.
This show covers many topics but loosely follows Kelly’s Four Intentions of Incension; Awareness, Surrender, Non-Attachment and Full Engagement. Kelly tells us how she was taught by her step-father the arts of the dark, how to read their energy and how they have cut our umbilical cord from source and sacred love. We talk about the difference between a medium and a channel, how the key to the control of humanity is based on a program of subservience and the lack of self-worth. We also discuss the Holy Trinity, the meaning of surrender, dealing with the energy of fear and the importance of an intimate relationship with Mother Earth, Father sun and source. We also explore the importance of being fully satiated and how depression is a symptom of the soul not being fully expressed in the human incarnation. We discuss the 2012 solstice, earth changes, heart communication, unbearable beauty and what life is like in 5D. Kelly provides helpful tools and techniques to deal with energy cords and how to find the gem in every wound. We conclude discussing the subtleties of life, the frequency of self-love and how to full engage in today’s world.
www.superwooradio.com.au/podcasts
the interview above was taken from the GK Newsletter below:
Message From The Heart
Wisdom of Solstice December 2012
By george kavassilas
2013 February
I feel it is of utmost importance to look at the period of time in and around the Solstice of December 2012 and what this period in time meant for you, for me and also what it meant for others. For some this was a time of disillusionment and pain, while for others it was a time of deeply profound inner contemplation and a time of revealing and great learning; a time of substantial inner transformation. For those who made a conscious effort to be and flow with the energies of this Solstice and Mother Earth actually experienced a tremendous time of insights, understanding and change. So yes, big changes did occur in people’s lives at that time. For those who chose to place their attention and awareness in other areas and don’t think anything happened, well, think of it like this: just because you cannot hear a tree falling in the forest doesn’t mean it’s not happening. So whichever way it went for you, we mustn’t let such a momentous opportunity just slip away, be buried and forgotten. The wisdom to be gained from this experience is profound to say the least.
Going back a few years this reality and timeline was heading in a particular direction which at that time of my initial statements was the timeline trajectory of this reality. The Montauk time chair experiments also revealed the same results showing that the timeline we were on was to become pure light around the time of March 2013. Also, the Cliff High Webbot Program showed a momentous build-up of events throughout 2012 and then flat-lining to nothing around March of 2013, showing zero activity and insinuating that this reality as we know it would cease to exist around that time. There was also a multitude of people who felt this timeline on a heart level and made similar predictions.
Towards the end of 2011 I felt a shift in the timeline and I retracted the major predictive statements I made in relation to what we could expect around this time. I made mention of this retraction in almost every interview throughout 2012, yet strangely people chose not to listen. Even those who had heard my interviews still did not listen to what I was saying and continued to invest even more of themselves into these predictions that I and others had made a few years back.
I have written this article because I facilitated such an experience of learning for those that required it as part of my greater teaching. Now when I say “greater” teaching, I mean it comes from my Higher Self. I acknowledge it is still me and I am simply explaining the situation so you may get a better understanding of what happened. My earthly personality of george along with my heart connection with my travelling spirit were the aspects of me that had a full heart connection to this timeline and associated aspect of Mother Earth. When I publically voiced my understanding of where this timeline was heading I did so from my heart. I want you to know that I genuinely did not mean to mislead anyone, and only intended to awaken people and expand their awareness. I fully acknowledge the role that I have played for those of you who chose to make the predictions your main point of focus and the resulting difficulties that came with that approach. As it has been for me, I truly hope that you too, have gained all the wisdom available from this shared experience. Thereupon I acknowledge your role in this shared experience and want you to know that you have also been some of my greatest teachers as well.
I feel it is important for me to share the insights and wisdom that I have gained from this experience.
People are feeling let-down, disillusioned, flat, deeply disappointed, sorry for themselves and some are even feeling betrayal post Dec 21 2012, because of the fact they invested so much of themselves into these predictions. They did not seek out their inner knowing for themselves and simply took on what someone else had said on face value and in the process gave their inner power away. For those who did seek their own inner guidance and felt that the planet was going to change within the timeframe as first predicted, then it’s important to know that they too were feeling and connecting to the original timeline trajectory as well. Either way, we all need to take responsibility for our own discernment and experience.
I have always said from the very beginning:
“Please do not believe everything I tell you and seek out for yourselves to see what resonates with you and what does not. I am not interested in followers who give their power away. I am not interested in feeding off other people’s energies. I only desire to provide a service of self-empowerment.”
I now feel it important to further share wisdom in relation to this subject so people can understand their patterning and become aware of some deep-seated subconscious issues that facilitated and propagated this recent situation and experience.
People throughout the ages have given their power away to a religion, secret society, philosophy or spiritual teaching, a guru, chanellers etc. thinking these doctrines and people had all the answers because they were so willing to be followers of someone or something outside of themselves. Yes, these teachings all had/have value to add to one’s spiritual journey, but the main point here is they chose to invest into something outside of their own inner innate eternal self-awareness where all their answers truly do reside.
I will elaborate further because I have discovered that one of the greatest lessons of Dec 21 2012 is actually to do with subservience. The learning from this is to be autonomous and no longer give our power over to an external authority, no one and no thing! Everyone who experienced pain in one form or another gave their power away in one form or another, simple as that! Their habitual nature of “seeking” is the issue.
“We already are that which we seek.” ~george kavassilas
Here is an example: Someone will find a guru, spiritual teacher, philosophy, doctrine etc. that excites them. “This has all the answers I have been looking for! Yae!” So now they think that all their problems will be solved by this person, and/or that doctrine, modality or philosophy and so this way of thinking sets up the environment for them to habitually give their power over to it. They follow it for a while feeling yes, they really have found their true path at last. Then all of a sudden, something in that teaching or information is not what they wanted to hear, or, does not appease what they intellectually interpreted in the first place. They then have an emotional reaction that wells up from deep within and overtakes them, sending them into a spin and completely overwhelming them and creating a fog of perception. They create and embark unconsciously on a reactionary cycle of disappointment, disillusionment and then resentment and then into a sense of betrayal which ultimately leads to blame.
They re-group themselves emotionally then all of a sudden, another modality philosophy is placed in front of them and the cycle starts all over again …… Until they are again affronted, by something in that teaching, and once again back into the cycle of disappointment, disillusionment, resentment, blame, etc. They do not see their own pattern of sophisticated subservience by externalising, be it in this one lifetime or through lifetime after lifetime because they are so taken in by having to stay on some kind of search for higher knowledge. They can’t seem to be able to obtain the awareness that the resisting emotion surfacing from deep within them is their own warning sign, an indication that they have this profoundly deep issue to address; the issue of subservience. For some people, the pattern of continually looking outside of themselves, always chasing the next guru, spiritual ethos, religion etc., is so habitual that you can walk into their house and see a myriad of certificates and plaques of graduation from a plethora of teachings. I mean no dis-respect with this statement, but it’s almost like being a collector. It is all about externalising
Until they can consciously realise and acknowledge their pattern of searching and looking in the opposite direction away from themselves they will not overcome this issue of subservience and will continue to practice “ideological spirituality” and/or “intellectual spirituality” and not truly connect to the deep innate internal wisdom where we all have, our TRUE eternal spirituality. I will say it again, “We are the ones we have been waiting for!”
I will end with this quote:
“Don’t allow your desperation for change to shroud your powers of discernment.” ~george kavassilas
Be your authentic self and Shine bright,
george and Cynthia Kavassilas
www.our-journey-home.com
Blog entry
6 Feb 2013 - 10:03pm
PURPOSE BRINGS JOY
~ John & Patrice Robson
www.higherawareness.com
"Our purpose is hidden in our joy, our inspiration, our excitement. As we act on what shows up in our life our purpose shows up."
~ James King
For many of us, our joy is truly activated when we get a bigger picture of who we are and why we are here.
Most of us need to enlarge our self-concept.
We may see ourselves as a bag of bones but, in truth, we are eternal, multi-faceted and multi-dimensional spiritual beings having a human experience.
It’s time to think of ourselves as much larger and grander than just a physical and emotional being confined in a body.
"There is no more important step you can take than to define your life's purpose. It develops your sense of belonging to our universe."
~ Arnold Patent
Blog entry
6 Feb 2013 - 9:45pm
SELF-CARE RETREAT
~ by Rachel Harris, Ph.D.
www.soulfulliving.com
"Self-care is about developing our highest Self." ~ Rachel Harris
"Invent your world. Surround yourself with people, color, sounds and work that nourish you." ~ SARK
How many of us actually take good care of ourselves?
Do we eat right, exercise regularly, spend quality time with friends and family, pursue our dreams, take time to retreat, choose our associates wisely,
say no to overextending ourselves, get yearly medical and dental checkups, indulge in moderation, get the sleep we need, laugh often,
save money for extended vacations, wear seat belts, use sunscreen, enjoy holiday celebrations, ask for help when needed, communicate our feelings appropriately,
plan for retirement, give and receive love, have fun, learn new things, watch a sunset, and rotate the tires on the car? The list seems overwhelming.
Taking good care of ourselves involves all of the above plus a sensitive attending to how we need to grow and develop.
This means being aware of how our spiritual life is unfolding, and how we can nurture that process in ourselves. For forty-eight-year-old Betsy, self-care is currently focused
on learning about menopause. For thirty-year-old Ben, whose father has lung cancer, self-care is spending quality time with his dad.
So self-care is far more than doing what feels good or makes us feel good about ourselves. Self-care is about developing our highest Self.
Admittedly, this is not so easy to do, particularly given the large and growing demands on our time.
It seems that, as life moves faster and with greater complexity, it becomes more important, but increasingly difficult, to take good care of ourselves.
Both men and women are torn between work responsibility and family needs, concerned with current living expenses and future planning. Yet, many of us, women particularly,
seem to have a more difficult time putting our own needs ahead of the needs of others. Jennifer Louden, author of The Women's Retreat Book, spoke to this issue when she asked women,
"What would you most want to see in a book about retreating for women?" The most frequent response was that they needed permission to take time for themselves.
This is the central issue in self-care: giving ourselves permission to make it a priority.
Caring for ourselves is an inalienable right that many of us don't exercise. We may have been taught that spending the necessary time is selfish or, worse yet, narcissistic. We may feel guilty doing something for ourselves before everyone else's needs are met--and that generally never happens.
We may have neglected ourselves for so long that we don't even know what type of care we need or how to start. This is especially true for those of us who have been taking care of others, whether a growing child or an aging parent.
20-Minute Retreat:
"Supported by Water"
This retreat is for those of us who spend a considerable amount of time and energy taking care of other people. So often we're warm and supportive to others, while we're barely holding ourselves together. We can create an opportunity to take care of ourselves whenever we need it, simply by withdrawing into our bath. Candles, aromatherapy oil and bath salts, or music can all be added, but the essence of this retreat only requires a bath tub full of water and a lock on the bathroom door for privacy.
Step 1: Entering into Retreat
In a comfortably warm, very full bathtub, allow yourself to just stretch out for three minutes. Arrange a pillow or facecloth behind your neck for comfort.
Step 2:
For a full fifteen minutes, allow yourself to be softened, cleansed, and held by the warm water. With every breath, imagine allowing the water to support you. Allow your arms to float on the surface of the water. Feel how their floating allows you to let go of them from deep inside your shoulder girdle. With every exhale imagine that your arms can float away. Use your exhale to similarly let go of your legs from deep within your hip joint. Even though your legs won't literally float on the surface of the water, imagine that they can just drift off.. Allow the the water to surround and support you.
Step 3: Returning to the World:
In the final two minutes, gently begin to shift position in the tub, stretching and preparing to get out. Please move slowly and treat yourself gently as you dry yourself off and get dressed.
Copyright © 2000 Rachel Harris, Ph.D. and The Philip Lief Group. All Rights Reserved. Excerpted from "20 Minute Retreats: Revive Your Spirits in Just Minutes a Day with Simple Self-Led Exercises," Henry Holt and Company, LLC. Not to be used without permission.
Rachel Harris, Ph.D. is a psychologist who has led a private practice in Princeton, New Jersey, and has led national and international workshops for thirty years. She is author of "20 Minute Retreats: Revive Your Spirits in Just Minutes a Day with Simple Self-Led Exercises" and the co-author of the best-selling "Children Learn What They Live."
Blog entry
6 Feb 2013 - 1:59pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Now we will introduce a powerful new pranayama practice called spinal bastrika. "Bastrika" means "bellows." It is rapid breathing, like a dog panting, done with the diaphragm only (abdominal breathing), preferably through the nose. If it is too difficult through the nose, it can be done through the mouth, as necessary.
Bastrika in these lessons is done tracing the spinal nerve quickly between the perineum (root) and the point between the eyebrows (third eye), just the same as during normal spinal breathing, only much faster. The spinal aspect brings greatly increased power to bastrika pranayama, and at the same time provides balance between the divine inner polarities in the body. Spinal bastrika charges the entire nervous system with huge amounts of cleansing prana in a balanced way.
This practice is excellent for clearing out stubborn karmic blockages throughout the nervous system by sending powerful pranic pulses up and down inside the spinal nerve, and surging out through every nerve in the body.
As with any practice, some prerequisites and cautions are in order, so let's consider them.
First, spinal bastrika is not a cure-all, not a very good stand-alone practice. It will only work well if sufficient prerequisite practices have been stable for some time. These include spinal breathing and deep meditation. Spinal bastrika is done in-between these two during sitting practices. Its greatest effects are found when it is used in conjunction with the core practices of spinal breathing and meditation.
Second, if you have any health condition that could be aggravated by this extended panting style of practice, then please do refrain. If in doubt, check with your doctor first.
Third, under certain circumstances spinal bastrika can aggravate an inner blockage, and should obviously be tempered then. More often, it will release blockages without aggravation, and can be used more aggressively then. You only will find out how your nervous system responds to spinal bastrika when you try, which is why it is good to start out slow and use careful self-pacing. Keep in mind that there can be a delayed reaction with spinal bastrika – you will not feel all of the effects immediately.
Spinal bastrika is most useful if the ground has already been cleared underneath and throughout the nervous system with deep meditation and spinal breathing. Then spinal bastrika can help finish off the job of getting lingering stubborn karmic blockages out. In that sense, it is like a pressure washer brought in to break loose and flush out those tough obstructions that have already been loosened up with meditation and spinal breathing.
As mentioned, bastrika means "bellows." I call it "doggy panting," signifying a more gentle sustainable fast breathing approach than the huffing and puffing that bellows implies, though doggy panting can be made quite vigorous also. Sometimes it gets vigorous all by itself. It is a long series of shallow quick breaths, using the diaphragm only, and continued for the allotted time as attention goes with the breath up and down the spinal nerve between the root and third eye. It will take some getting used to. As with all practices, spinal bastrika will be a little "clunky" at first. You will find it takes some practice to have the attention going up and down quickly with the breath. Also, the lungs may tend to get gradually emptier or fuller during a long series of pants. This "drift" is normal, and it is okay to empty out or fill up the lungs as necessary several times during a spinal bastrika session to compensate for the drift. And if there is no drift, very good. Then just keep going with spinal bastrika for the allotted time.
It is recommended you start with two minutes of spinal bastrika right before meditation, after spinal breathing and whatever other pranayama you are doing then (yoni mudra kumbhaka or the chin pump). Continue with siddhasana, sambhavi, mulabandha, kechari, etc. Some uddiyana (slightly pulling in of the abdomen) can be done also during spinal bastrika. As you get the feel of the energy moving in spinal bastrika, your body will know instinctively what to do, and all of these maneuvers will refine by themselves. Once it settles in, spinal bastrika, with all of its related yogic components, is quite natural. It becomes a very pleasurable practice with long-lingering ecstatic results in activity, and makes a permanent contribution to enlightenment. When those karmic obstructions are gone, they are gone for good, and the light shines out brightly from inside.
With comfort established for two minutes of practice, after a week or two, spinal bastrika can be taken to three minutes, and eventually to five minutes, if desired. Spinal bastrika is very powerful in longer doses, so keep that (and the delayed effect) in mind as your experience advances.
You will find spinal bastrika to be helpful for deepening your meditation. With so much being loosened up during the several pranayamas before meditation, it makes the process of deep meditation to inner silence and global purification in the nervous system go much faster and smoother.
Spinal bastrika puts the overall purification process in a higher gear, loosening the nerves and cultivating the entire nervous system tremendously. Be sure to exercise self-pacing with spinal bastrika, and all of your practices. Always pace your practices so as not to exceed your comfortable limit of resulting purification in your nervous system. Take your time and find your balance with spinal bastrika in your routine of daily practices.
In several weeks we will look at some variations of spinal bastrika that can be used for more targeted karmic cleansing.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed instructions on sequencing pranayama techniques in the daily practice routine, see the AYP Eight Limbs of Yoga book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#8lim
http://aypsite.com/171.html
Blog entry
6 Feb 2013 - 11:53am
Is your spiritual energy flowing freely or are you blocked? Difficulties in your life are caused by a blockage of kundalini or vital energy in the body! And, did you know that you actually get more energy from the infinite energy of the universe than you do from food or other people?
Food only provides some energy – and if your diet is not as healthy as it should be, you are not getting the right nutrients anyway, and certain foods can actually lower your energy. What about energy that you get from other people? You may feel energized in the presence of certain people, but when you’re alone, do you feel tired or does your energy remain constant?
What if there were energy that is infinite, renewable and always available? This energy supply is in you already. Think about the last time you were totally absorbed in something you love to do. Time ceases to exist, and you can easily get through an entire day without once going near the fridge. You are buzzing with vital energy and somehow, despite the lack of food, you not only survive but thrive. This is because of an abundance of spiritual energy!
This energy is the source energy – the same energy that creates and permeates everything in the universe; it’s the energy that provides the physical fuel you get from food, the emotional fuel that comes from good relationships and your passions, and the mental fuel that comes from your work and life’s purpose.
That goes counter to what most of us have been taught. We’re used to looking at physical energy in terms of resources like oil, food, electricity, etc. These resources are But what about the difference in your physical energy levels when you’re depressed and your energy levels when you’re happy? Did you eat different food? Maybe – but overdoing the ice cream can happen when you’re happy too (sometimes, ice cream is JUST the thing to overindulge in!)… the truth is:
FOOD has little impact on your energy. MOOD, on the other hand, has a tremendous impact.
Think back to a time in your life when you’ve been extraordinarily sad. How was your physical energy? Did it really matter what you ate, or did even the healthiest and most comforting foods leave you still feeling sad and lethargic? How did you feel mentally and emotionally? Was your thinking clear and sharp or foggy and dull? Were you calm and happy or all over the emotional scale?
Now think back to a time when you were exceptionally happy. You might have altogether forgotten to eat! You may have felt that food was not a necessary part of life and you could exist on pure love.
But sometimes, spiritual energy can be blocked.
The Impact of Spiritual Energy on Your Life
Did you know that YOU have the ability to block your own energy? Every time you sink into negativity or allow negativity to dominate your thoughts, you are blocking energy. Anytime you are depressed, angry, frustrated, feeling like ‘the victim’, jealous, resentful, worried, fearful, possessive or if you’re allowing yourself to hang on to any other negative emotion – you have just blocked your spiritual energy. That’s not to say you should not feel negative emotions! You are human, and you are entitled to feeling unhappy about things; but do you have to hang on to those emotions and allow them to fester and block your energy? No. You can choose to be in the flow.
Life is meant to flow without obstacles. Life is about expansion and evolution but we often create resistance to the natural order of life with our thoughts.
Did you know that the most powerful energy-blocker is “NO”?
What does “NO” do to you? It keeps you stuck where you are, afraid to change; causes fearful and worried thoughts of the future; tells the world that you do not want the abundance that is available to you. It says to the world, “I prefer negativity.” Other people pick up on that vibe, and you’ll notice that if you hang on to your negativity and block your spiritual energy, people will be less inclined to want to be with you and help you in your endeavors.
Enhancing Spiritual Energy
When you say “no” to possibility; when you say “no” to abundance; when you say “no” to change – you are in effect blocking spiritual energy from flowing freely. If you believe that “the way you are” is cast in stone and that you can’t change, you are shutting off the valve of abundance and well-being. If you embrace change, though, you open the gates to abundance, happiness, purpose and a truly meaningful life.
How do you embrace and create change in your life?
First, agree to change. You can’t expect any different results in your life unless you improve your skills and learn new, better ways to do things – and if you improve the ways you think and feel! Always remember that you have the power to choose. You have the power to determine whether you say, “Yes” or “No”. And, you have the choice to remain where you are (choosing inertia). Agree to say “yes” more, even to things that scare you.
Second, agree to raise your vibration.
Increase your levels of love, enthusiasm, joy, purpose, creativity, trust and positive attitudes. You can choose to feel good and be happy even in the face of unpleasant “reality”. Your thoughts and emotions will raise your vibration and then, your physical reality will quickly start to change as well!
In fact, any time you feel good, the spiritual energy is flowing freely in you. Make this your default mode by taking to heart the lessons you will learn in the Love or Above Spiritual Toolkit. Bring even more spiritual energy into your life – the energy that never, ever runs out and never costs you a single penny!
If you like this story, please share it
http://www.loveorabove.com/blog/spiritual-energy/
Teaching
6 Feb 2013 - 5:48am
Planetary influences are helping usher in a new time when each person comes into a fuller understanding of their spiritual purpose and the potentials for this lifetime. We take a step collectively toward a future based in love, inner peace and compassion.
Each person's destiny comes into play as their individual energies interact with planetary and universal shifts. We see this synchronistic interplay of energies in our birth chart, which is a photograph of the energies in place at the moment of our birth. The position of planets and other galactic influences at the moment of our birth gives us our energetic signature. Our birth chart offers insight into our intentions and life lessons this time around.
Our Energetic Signature and the Rhythms of our Lives
This energetic signature sets the rhythms of our life in relation to planetary transits as we move forward from the moment of our birth. Once we understand our birth chart and our unique energetic signature and how they are impacted by specific planetary influences and events, we are better able to remain grounded during the current time of transition and change. This is especially important as old systems break down and fall away so life on planet earth can reorganize at a higher level.
Recognizing Windows of Opportunity in 2013
Understanding your birth chart and how your personal energies are affected by the influences you will encounter in 2013 helps you stand strong in your intuitive knowing during the times of uncertainty that accompany change. This understanding will also help you prepare for and recognize windows of opportunity where it is easier to access potentials aligned with your highest visions.
Transition times are by definition a bridging of old and new energies. Our energy, feeling states, intentions, physical well-being, emotional clarity as well as our environment determine how we interact with the energies around us. These determine where we stand on the bridge between old and new. If we understand our position on this bridge, we're able to step free of anything holding us back.
Your birth chart gives insight and access to your soul’s storehouse of wisdom. When integrated into our daily lives, this wisdom can help us make decisions in many areas of our life, including health, finances, career, relationships, travel, relocation and much more.
Soulmate Relationships through the Lens of Astrology
During this time of year, many people are interested in relationships, particularly soulmate connections. Synastry charts study the interplay of two individuals’ energies, offering insight into past lives, soul contracts, and relationship potentials between two people.
For more about Peter, visit http://www.celestialvision.org/peters-journal/
http://www.celestialvision.org/valentines-specials/
http://www.celestialvision.org/celestial-reunion-ebook-by-pet/
http://www.celestialvision.org/readings-by-peter-phalam/
Blog entry
6 Feb 2013 - 5:25am
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Hello Son,
Repairing the Cosmic Body
The final chapter of your eventful life is now coming to a close. After numerous reincarnation from thousands of years, the cosmic body is near perfection and ready for the changes.
The cosmic body is like a white light body when it is in perfect condition. At present it may have some holes here and there that need patching up. This is why everyone needs to fulfil this task by doing good deeds, giving to charity, caring the sick, and loved ones; this includes the duties as a parent and the people under your care.
When we do these responsibilities to the best of our abilities and without any complaint, the repairs of the cosmic body and the healing of the conscious and subconscious can take place.
The merging of consciousness and higher conscious will be one; any interference with the logic mind that had doubted our own abilities over the years, will be soon end.
You are nearing perfection.
It is perfection when we step forward into the fifth dimension and into ascension. We can smile for we have passed every test through all the reincarnations of our lives. We have conquered ourselves, ego and the temptations from our negativity and Satan.
No one can stop you now as the final repairs are taking place and a few hurdles to step over. Indeed it is exciting; Heaven on Earth is the reward for your patience.
Your mother, reminding you that soon mankind will see for the first time the truth about himself and creation.
Blog entry
6 Feb 2013 - 12:50am
A Dangerous Spiritual Teaching
a message from Neale Donald Walsch
Saturday, 8 September, 2012 (posted 29 January, 2013)
The message that for many years spiritual teachers have been sharing—that “you are creating your own reality”—can be a dangerous teaching if it is not fully explained.
There are two things you must know about the “you create your own reality” teaching:
(1) First, it must be explained (as we have done several times here now) that you are not “creating” anything, but merely noticing or remembering its existence, then, by focusing on it, calling it forth as a “manifestation” from the Field of Infinite Possibilities that is the Always Now/Always Here of things. What you are creating is your Interior Reality of these manifestations. It is in this sense that the statement “You are creating your own Reality” is true.
(2) Second, you must understand that even what we call the act of “creating” the Exterior Events of our lives is not something that anyone is doing alone. No Exterior Event in Physicality is created by any single individual. Such a thing is impossible.
These two little points are not “little” points at all. Indeed, no small matters, they. For with these huge understandings we are relieved of the mental and emotional stress, frustration, pressure, and problems which could eventuate from us imagining that we are responsible for all that is going on in the world—or for that matter, in our personal lives. Even more beneficially, these are marvelous tools with which to move through those occurrences, integrating them with greater ease into our earthly experience.
So let’s take one final look at these two points. We’ll discuss Point #1 this week and Point #2 in our next issue of this Bulletin.
Point Number 1:
Since everything that ever was, is now, and ever will be, IS NOW, the act of pure creation is impossible. What we call “creation” is really an act of awareness. It is the act of becoming aware of a particular portion of What Is So.
Awareness is achieved by putting your attention on something. You are seeing that something is there, but if you are recognizing that it is there for what seems like the first time, the seeing of it produces the impression that you have placed it there.
This is the illusion called “creation.”
As I have endeavored to point out here now multiple times, there are two kinds of Events in our experience on this planet. There are Exterior Events, which are Physical, and there Interior Events, which are Metaphysical. Put simply, there is what is happening, and there is what we think about what is happening.
Most people don’t contextualize their movement through the moments of their life in this way. Yet this is precisely the way we are getting through our days.
First, something happens. Either we do something, or something is done to or around us. Second, we have a thought about what is happening. Our thought follows the occurrence so quickly that we often meld the two into one. We imagine that the Exterior Event and the Interior Event are the Same Event.
They are not. And this is one of the greatest secrets ever withheld from humankind. We are not told this in school. We are not informed of this by our society. We are not brought in on this secret by our common culture. No one wants us to know this. Why? Because if we know this, we suddenly have complete control over our Reality. And that is the last thing that our society wants us to have.
How can a society as a group be controlled if every member of that society has complete individual control over his or her own Reality? The aim of every totalitarian society, then, is to get you to stop thinking for yourself by doing your thinking for you, and to convince you to adopt its thinking rather than embracing your own.
The First Freedom is not “freedom of speech.” The First Freedom is Freedom of Thought.
Always remember that.
And this is the one Freedom that no one can ever take away from you. That is what makes you a Divine Being. That is what makes you the Sovereign in your own Kingdom. That is what makes you “God.” For you do, indeed, have the power to “create your own reality,” interiorly, of any Exterior Event.
You can think anything you want to think about what is going on around you; about what has happened in your life; even about a future that you imagine might occur.
Your Thoughts are your powerful tools, and no one can stop you from using them. Nelson Mandela proved that during 26 years of incarceration by the rogue minority white regime that had for so long controlled South Africa. St. Joan (also known as Joan of Arc) proved that during the French persecutions. And Jesus proved that during the entire second half of his life.
Others have proved it as well. Winston Churchill proved it when the Exterior Events produced by Hitler’s Nazi air force would have had him believe that England was doomed.
Jonas Salk proved it when medical science would have had him believe that there was just no cure for polio.
Martin Luther King Jr., Betty Friedan, Gloria Steinem, and Harvey Milk proved it when American society said that blacks, women, and gays were not equal to white male heterosexuals, and should therefore not be given equal opportunity, equal pay, or equal rights.
And you prove it every time you decide that Conventional Wisdom about anything just may be wrong—or at the very least, incomplete—and that you and you alone get to decide what is Real and True for you.
You do this by using the Mechanics of the Mind. This is how your Interior Reality is created. It is far too sophisticated a machinery for me to describe it to you here. I strongly, strongly advise you to find a copy of When Everything Changes, Change Everything and read it from top to bottom. Take notes in the margins. Underline or highlight in yellow its many incredibly powerful and pertinent passages.
Get the book and read it now. It is changing lives all over the place.
(Am I trying to sell one more copy of a book I have written? No. More than 7.5 million copies of books I have written have already been sold. I don’t need to sell any more. What I am hoping to do is help change your life. I am hoping to offer you something that could open a doorway to that.)
We’ll explore Point #2 above in this space next week. Until then, I wish you well on your journey.
Hugs and love,
Neale
© 2012 ReCreation Foundation - http://www.cwg.org - Neale Donald Walsch is a modern day spiritual messenger whose words continue to touch the world in profound ways. His With God series of books has been translated into 27 languages, touching millions of lives and inspiring important changes in their day-to-day lives.
Story
6 Feb 2013 - 12:21am
Hi everyone,
This is the dragon. So there is a lot of dogma and baggage related to reptilians. Some has to do with survival genetic history in early humans, some of it is distortion and distorted stories that have been passed down.
What we're going to say is that reptillian beings of higher vibrations and even terra vibrations have a parallel, identical track to humans with a parallel for every characteristic humanity has. They are just a different form. There are ascended reptillian societies through all-that-is, and societies much like your own. If you take any human society or collective in the multiverse, you can find a nearly identical reptillian one. Some of you have assigned a story around them but that story is limiting and distorted. That doesn't mean you won't attract energies like the ones you created in your story, simply due to reciprocity of energy. But you can see so much more about your brothers, if you wish, and attract much better energies if you drop the dogma and fear.
So, they are really no different than humans, just look different. And, furthermore, in the higher vibrations you all look however you wish, you take whatever form or formlessness that is appropriate or multiple states at the same time.
That's it.
With love
Blog entry
5 Feb 2013 - 5:18pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: After i meditate in yoga about 12 years i feel an energy in my chest, and i feel illuminated and in control. In the chest i think is the chakra, also when i feel fine odors and hear some music i feel energy in all my body. Very pleasurable. That's kundalini?
A: Very nice. Yes, all such experiences are symptoms of kundalini/ecstatic conductivity. Try not to become overly attached to them, and continue your practices. Practices will bring you steadily to enlightenment. The experiences are the side effects along the way, sometimes distracting due to their pleasurable aspects. Enjoy them as appropriate, but be sure and favor your practices. Experiences do not produce enlightenment. Practices do. You are doing very well. It is an honor to have you here.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed instructions on building a balanced practice routine with self-pacing, see the AYP Eight Limbs of Yoga book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#8lim
http://aypsite.com/170.html
Blog entry
5 Feb 2013 - 3:53pm
A New Message From VERONICA
BE THE LIGHT
www.innerwhispers.org
"Getting caught up in the chaos of linear life can be seemingly an average experience, the potholes of despair and the trappings of disconnect literally reaching towards you
to pull you down into the darkness.
We could endlessly speak of such things as acknowledgement that life can be difficult.
However...
Perhaps it can be an opportunity to be far above average. Decide to close your senses to all difficulty by reaching towards the beauty and calm of your own essence.
All who incarnate posses the ability to rise above anything. Decide to move away from strife, while nurturing the vibration of your own soul.
Be the light.
Some of you came to this place to be just that... a beam of light. All time-frames have their challenges. There is no way to escape the negativity, so why not transform it to a level that is more positive?
Be the light.
By holding the torch high, and believing in its glow, you are helping to change the world.
One light at a time.
Be the light.
Others may not accept it at first. They may argue, while becoming more belligerent.
Continue holding the light.
Eventually it will not be ignored.
Eventually its warmth may convince the most stoic negative person.
It will require patience and courage.
It will take time.
However...
It will ultimately have impact and value.
Be the light."
-VERONICA
Blog entry
5 Feb 2013 - 9:07am
Today was the first day I became conscious of my ability to see auras! I was sitting in the car, just looking out the window and there were all of these millions of sparkling "entities" flitting all over the place. I think they're either fairies or elementals. And then when I looked at the trees I could see pink auras emanating from them. And then I observed the people coming in and out of the store. I could see auras around most of them, different colors. I have always been intuitive about people so now I wonder if maybe I could see their auras all along but it just wasn't registering in my conscious awareness.
No, I don't do drugs! But it was an amazing experience so I thought I'd share it.
Soferia
Blog entry
5 Feb 2013 - 2:03am
Recently, I have been seeing so many victims and it is probably no coincidence that I saw this blog written by lotuslight earlier today. I will share my response here as a blog so everyone can read it:
This is such a good message to everyone. There are victims and there are abusers and it is based in selfishness. The victims do become abusers sometimes as they are acting out the hurt or they are being controlled by another. If we were to look at our ancient history to see all of the victimization and abuses going on then we would understand our present situation. This is a legacy handed down throughout history and I do believe we could break the pattern. Breaking the pattern means that we would realize that selfishness is mental illness. I am not sure why everyone makes it so complicated. I understand why people try to make selfishness seem like a good thing because in that way, the person will be able to justify bad behavior. We are only as good as our character and our actions. Maybe some of the victims are young and they are afraid of standing up to an older person or maybe the person is under contract by an employer but what if the person has to break their moral values to do their job or to please the selfish requests of the other party? What are the standards we are required to follow?
Why is being unselfish a good thing? Being unselfish means we will survive. Not only will we survive but we will also be able to experience a very long life while being able to live in a virtual paradise. Purity, knowledge, honesty, wisdom, self control, justice, honor, abstinence, will, benevolence, generosity, sacrifice, persistence, effort, ethics, rectitude, peace, mercy, ahimsa, grace to forgive, satisfaction, loyalty, compassion, integrity, bravery, modesty, and altruism.
Unconditional love energy is the opposite of selfish energy. I have heard just about every excuse as to why selfish energy needs to be in the world and I have not been able to rationalize or justify selfishness. It is hateful and destructive and we are all victims of these horrible actions. Why are we told that all of the selfish behaviors are good for us? Why are all the deadly sins morphed into looking like love? Why have all the virtues been abandoned and left behind as old fashioned? I feel like we are supposed to have moral values and personally, I enjoy seeing others happy and content and that gives me the most satisfaction. I see the victims out in the world and they are struggling and they are being abused and I can see who is doing the dirty deeds. I do not know how they can break free of the chains of slavery but I just hope they realize that this is just mental illness on the part of their abusers or handlers.
It is ironic that those who are humanitarians or unconditional loving beings have been destroyed but only the ones who have been under the control of the mentally ill when they rebelled against this mentally ill authority. We see this over and over throughout history. The only ones who remain unscathed are the ones who did not opt to join the selfish agenda. I believe most of the ones who signed contracts did not understand what they were getting into in the first place. I believe their lives are being controlled but in a bad way. I feel inclined to write about this because I am getting weary of seeing victim after victim after victim. I see the stories and I know it is because I am psychic.
I feel blessed that I am enlightened. I hope that the veil will lift off of everyone's third eye of intuition so they can see that the abusers were victimized themselves. I hope the abusers will be healed and find vast amounts of unconditional love. I hope they will embrace good moral values and follow them so they will find peace from the mental illness of self interest. I hope the medical profession will finally realize that selfishness is mental illness that needs to be treated with love, compassion and understanding. I am not sure why selfish acts are not punished so that the person could learn that being selfish is wrong. Allowing a selfish person to use us is wrong. Is selfishness a learned behavior or is it an instinct? I think it is a learned behavior. I believe in a natural setting, people would be at peace and free from mental illness. It is rare to see people living in a natural setting these days. Everyone is civilized but does being civilized mean that we have to be mentally ill to live in society? I believe we are programmed to be mentally ill so we will be good consumers and we will be more controlled. I do not feel like this is a good life. I think we are capable of amazing things and in making the world an amazing place but we are distracted from the realization of bliss.
Selfishness has caused global warming, wars, pollution, sickness, birth defects, human experimentation, heartache, suffering, and misery. I am not sure if I can find something positive about selfishness? Selfishness entails greed, vanity, lust, cruelty, gluttony, hate, envy, pornography, pedophilia among other things. Some of these selfish vices bring in so much money and power to those who have chosen to be mentally ill. How can we possibly lock up all of those who are behind the scenes when all we see are their puppet victims? The abusers and the victims are suffering equally in the mental illness. I am not a magic Genie but I do believe that if people choose to embrace virtues in their life then we would have a better quality of life for everyone. I believe the suffering and misery is unnecessary. I believe this type of mental illness is unnecessary. I believe it turns the abuser into a victim. If we allow the abusers to continue on in their mental illness then we are doing that person a disservice. We are enabling them to continue with the bad behavior. We must be in denial if we make up excuses or look the other way. I believe every person is capable of being mentally sane. I believe it is a choice. Will we start recognizing the truth? Unconditional love is truth. It is real. Selfishness is the opposite and therefore a lie or illusion of the mind.
I have crossed over to the other side in my lifetime and now I am back. I see things from a different perspective and that is true. I feel so inclined to be compassionate and to help others come out of denial. This Earth experience is the best. We should be able to have a really good life and to try to wipe out mental illness. The victims of mental illness have been abused and they are the ones who are labeled as mentally ill but the cure needs to start at the top of the heap.
Are the ones who are among the most selfish and mentally ill untouchable? Will they ever be able to see themselves from a distance? They are caught up in this lifestyle that results in the misery and suffering of others. I wish I could get them out of denial. It is a chain reaction and like the effect of a stone being thrown in water and the ripples in the water spread out like a ring. I would like to throw a stone of unconditional love into the water and watch it spread out. I am tired of being a selfish person. I am tired of being programmed by others who would like me to embrace being selfish. I do not want to be mentally ill. I want to be happy and sane. I have the power of my moral values and no one can take that from me. I have the power of unconditional love and that is my power. I would rather see a community of sharing and everyone healthy and happy then seeing the tabloids talking about the rich and famous and the starving children.
I envision a world where everyone could see truth because of the unconditional love energy in their life. I do not want to be in denial that this world is made up of a Paradise when it clearly has issues. The issues are simple to overcome. Maybe the abusers are afraid to lose control but the worse that could happen is that their mental illness will be cured. I feel there is no judgement or right or wrong but there is mental illness without unconditional love energy. I would like to be proud to say that I am not part of the problem of the mental illness that we have inherited through legacy and that which we have been programmed with. We are able to reprogram our minds and our lives to make this world a better place. I would like it to be better when I come back and reincarnate here. We probably sign up to reincarnate to make this world a better place but do we get lost along the way?
I feel like there are influences from the other dimensions but some of these entities are still selfish in their mental illness. I hope we can be free of this bad energy. These entities may seem to care and all that but in the same way a pimp is able to trap his prostitute into being a slave. I call them soul collectors. I only value the beings from the higher dimensions and this is not a place of selfishness. This is a place of unconditional love of all living things. I am not trying to preach but I am trying to be real. I have not really been following the channelings on this site but I do see problems out in the world with the organizations who are being controlled by pure mental illness in selfishness which is basically the worst evil in the world. On the other hand, I have seen unconditional love energy from people and from entities in the other dimensions. We are a reflection of the other dimensions here on Earth. Evil is mental illness and an illusion of the mind but unconditional love energy is life and it is real. I wish people could know all of the dimensions on the other side before they speak out. The only difference is that the dimensions are separate on the other side.
A movie that was made a long time ago and that the original version was chopped up and almost destroyed was a film called Metropolis by Fritz Lang. I have seen the restored version on the internet and it is a film which covers this subject. Many people throughout history have been writing and understanding this issue. It is the human condition which is timeless and continually repeats until the Earth is nearly destroyed. I hope we do not end up like the Moon or Mars or the other planets which had life at one time. I know there is space exploration going on now to find another potential Earth but I do not understand why we cannot change the world now and try to save it? Technologies could be healthy although not as profitable as the unhealthy alternatives. I hope one day people will realize that we should just live and let live but maybe we could just think twice before making a choice? Do we want virtue or vice? I see those under the mind control programs but actually everyone is under disillusion to some extent. I wonder if there is a place in the world where there is no selfishness? I wonder if such a place exists other than in the other dimensions? I like your sentiments about the opinions of others because it is their reality. Most people speak in their reality but it is not everyone's reality. I hope we can see the problems and break the bad patterns and I hope a new world would emerge. This reminds me of the story of the Millenium Dragon which was based on an ancient legend of a really good society.
I wish everyone love and happiness and peace.
Shining in the love and light,
skaterr
Blog entry
4 Feb 2013 - 6:37pm
THE STRENTH OF COMPASSION
Coming at Conflict with an Open Heart
~ by Madisyn Taylor
www.dailyom.com
Conflict should always be met with open ears and an open heart.
Conflict is an unavoidable part of our lives because our beliefs and modes of being often contrast powerfully with those of our loved ones, acquaintances, and associates.
Yet for all the grief disagreements can cause, we can learn much from them.
The manner in which we handle ourselves when confronted with anger or argument demonstrates our overall level of patience and the quality of our energetic states.
To resolve conflict, no matter how exasperating the disagreement at hand, we should approach our adversary with an open heart laden with compassion.
Judgments and blame must be cast aside and replaced with mutual respect.
Conflict is frequently motivated by unspoken needs that are masked by confrontational attitudes or aggressive behavior.
When we come at conflict with love and acceptance in our hearts, we empower ourselves to discover a means to attaining collective resolution.
The key to finding the wisdom concealed in conflict is to ask yourself why you clash with a particular person or situation.
Your inner self or the universe may be trying to point you to a specific life lesson, so try to keep your ears and eyes open.
Once you have explored the internal and external roots of your disagreement, make a conscious effort to release any anger or resentment you feel.
As you do so, the energy between you and your adversary with change perceptibly, even if they are still operating from a more limited energy state.
Consider that each of you likely has compelling reasons for thinking and feeling as you do, and accept that you have no power to change your adversary’s mind.
This can help you approach your disagreement rationally, with a steady voice and a willingness to compromise.
If you listen thoughtfully and with an empathetic ear during conflict, you can transform clashes into opportunities to compromise.
Examine your thoughts and feelings carefully.
You may discover stubbornness within yourself that is causing resistance or that you are unwittingly feeding yourself negative messages about your adversary.
As your part in disagreements becomes gradually more clear, each new conflict becomes another chance to further hone your empathy, compassion, and tolerance.
[my format]
Teaching
4 Feb 2013 - 10:25am
" I am perceiving everyone, including myself, as an awakening being who
is here to claim his or her birthright to the higher consciousness planes
of unconditional love and oneness. "
Everyone you meet, including yourself, has the capacity for clear perception, wisdom, effectiveness, peace, and love.
We are equal beings. But unless one has consciously worked toward a higher consciousness, this hidden splendor
within may be smothered by the addictive games that keep one separated and isolated. It will help us in our journey
to higher consciousness, including ourselves, as fellow travelers on the road to awakening.
We begin to realize that everything we do is either a skilful or unskilful attempt to find love and oneness.
Even if someone yells at you, he is trying to manipulate you so that you can fit the pattern of his addictions - and thus
permit him to love you in his conditional way. When your ego permits you to see the here-and-now actions of people
with perspective, you realize that there is practically nothing that anyone can do that you have not either done or wanted
to do at some time in your life.
We're just not that different from each other. Our egos and our rational minds keep us continually judging other people
so as to put them in the wrong and thus give us a supposed advantage. A conscious being simply sees, with a
compassion born of insight and perspective, that everyone is on the road to awakening.
We learn to love others by accepting and loving ourselves - and vice versa.
~~~~~~~~~~ ** o O o ** ~~~~~~~~~~
Reference:
Handbook to Higher Consciousness
Teaching
4 Feb 2013 - 5:29am
You will know when you enter the point of enlightenment. It emphasizes a position of freedom and liberation from this dense karmic maze. In one manner of thinking, you have accomplished everything you intended to learn about this world and realize that you have an understanding of everything that occurs. You may still have cravings for certain paradigms that do not yet exist but you are off the karmic wheel and live as though absolutely nothing can adversely affect you. The unconscious conscious being just occurs, without specific agendas other than how to create more peace and love in this world. The mind works very similar to a computer without the emotional background. We live in an environment where the mind leads and the emotions follow. The paradigm shift we are looking for is having the emotions lead and the mind follow. The mind currently opens far too many windows during the day. This has to be limited.
The unconscious mind is more primal instinctive and is largely negated when a variety of windows are open. Have you ever driven home from work or shopping, going the same route over and over again, to the point that when you arrive home you don’t remember much of the trip? There are many different unconsciousness periods everyday. Sleep, of course, is mainly unconscious as well as meditations, eating, playing or listening to music, doing art work or taking a long walk. Freedom from windows of thought allows them to occur naturally and then gives us the option to cancel the window opening. Bills, appointments, relatives, friends, all of these things require windows of thoughts as well as many other judgments, opinions and prejudices, so look at your life and figure out when most of the windows are open and thoughts are spiraling around.
Through millenniums there has been a single spiritual mantra to “stay in the moment,” which begins in unconscious states. We need to bring that into our daily awareness. The emotional subconscious template in our lightbodies and the mental template are largely responsible as the ego uses the windows in these templates. The astral subconscious template is where our dreams occur and they reveal whether we are in the moment or not. If we are dreaming about work, or about frustration of past times, then we are out of the moment.
Dreams are an important means of working with the unconscious. What few understand is that we can control the nature of our dreams if we set the stage prior to sleeping. This way the emotional and mental templates cannot leak into our dreams. We must clean up our dream states before we attempt to stay in the moment in our daily life.
The imagination is the root of most psychic endeavors but if we apply our imagination, we can control our dream states. Every night, do a brief candle meditation by just staring into the flame until no thoughts occur. Then as you lie down, begin staging a scenario that places you in an alternate reality. This might be something you wish you had experienced but as yet have not had the resources or time to create. Any vacation you wish you had undertaken, any relationship you wish you could experience is available. Even the intervention of starships or ascended beings or any global event you might want to occur is on the menu of options. Be creative and allow you imagination to create many different scenarios. Stay with the event until you fall off to sleep, then when you begin experiencing past events that did occur and people who were in your life in past, you are on your way. This allows the dream state to function like the ‘karmic illusion bardo’. The karmic illusion bardo is an afterlife event that occurs when we first pass over and our entire life goes through a review that highlights many of the emotional template problems and mental template problems.
In creating alternate dream realities, start the short story and create chapter by chapter until the fantasy works itself out and then proceed to the next one. What you do not know is that your higher self will be involved in developing these alternate dream realities. Log your dreams every morning or any portion of them so you can see where emotional and mental blockages are being worked on. You will begin seeing changes in habits and attitudes in your normal life and staying in the moment will be desired rather than allowing the ego to chase the past and future out of fear and guilt. You will begin to understand what is illusional in this experiment and what is real and you naturally become more unconscious by having very little in your life affecting you. Then emotions begin leading and the mind following and like Sunat Kumara always told me ‘Do what brings you joy, Peter’ Namaste my Friends
For more about Peter, visit http://www.celestialvision.org/peters-journal/
http://www.celestialvision.org/celestial-reunion-ebook-by-pet/
Teaching
4 Feb 2013 - 5:24am
My emphasis for channeling was quite natural. The ability lay in waiting. Though I didn’t understand this at first, my intuition has been strong throughout my life. All the changes and moves I have made came through my intuition. As a spontaneous and precocious being, I never questioned the strong urges that became part of my thoughts.
In the 90s, I was drawn into a meditation group in Colorado. Here an experienced channel told me I was a special channel and needed only some prodding to bring that out. I was informed that I had the ability to triangulate an energy grid at the base of my rear third eye chakra.
The human body has both front and back chakras except for the singular up-and-down placements of the crown and root chakras. The energy grid came from bringing the pituitary, pineal and hypothalamus into alignment with the rear third eye chakra. Because I had been hiking in the mountains and lived at altitude, I had created an alkaline environment in the amine fluid of my brain. This was necessary for turning on the tuner. I was taught to align my third eye with my imagination through guided meditation using mental asanas and simple belly breathing as a precursor. Once we proceeded through the guided meditation, I instantly saw angels and was brought to a medium where they could speak with me. What I didn't know was I was already channeling another being unconsciously and had entertained the group for more than a half hour.
In the beginning of my own channeling experiences, I would quietly chant ‘I am all that I am.’ It’s a simple chant that creates confidence and lets light beings know you are bravely in a position to receive information. The internet was always a great resource as I would always read other channels’ writings. There are now hundreds of spiritual sites, so it is wonderful to read what other channels put on websites. Remember no channel is any better than the next, some simply have more experience. I say this because the same menu of ideas is offered to the entire psychic community and it is merely a matter of many different interpretations of that menu. Humility thus is the mainstay of all channels, even if you yourself are impressed with what is coming through. One of the earliest tests of most channels is to see how enamored they become with their new ability. The more humble you are, the more frequently you can access light beings and the broader the context of the material.
The ultimate focus of channeling is for you and your guidance. You may well sponsor a group or a website and send out your thoughts to others. But the basic idea is that you become a self-autonomous being and help others attain the same status. The hundred or so channels I helped develop have used the Spiritual Hierarchy of the Christ Consciousness as a vehicle of light beings. The hierarchy displays seven incarnate rays, the seven archangels who oversee them, the seven chohans who are ascended masters working with the archangels and then a steady graduation of masters, Eloheim, Silent Watchers, and a variety of Creator Gods.
Excerpt from Channeling into the Next Dimension: A Handbook for Opening Your Psychic Senses by DL Zeta & Peter Phalam http://www.celestialvision.org/channeling-into-the-next-dimen/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Teaching
4 Feb 2013 - 5:20am
Energy upgrades in recent months are making it much easier to manifest new realities. Do not be discouraged if it takes a while to make the most of these new potentials. Accessing and working with these new energies may take a bit of practice.
Long-held beliefs about the nature of reality are now being challenged. Previously it seemed that we must fight against "what is" to bring about meaningful change. Now we can see past this old belief and acknowledge the multifaceted nature of our existence. As we learn to observe and follow the flow of energy in all directions, we see that all realities exist side by side and are energetically already in existence.
When we seek to change our reality to reflect a new vision, we are not changing our current reality so much as shifting to the reality that is consistent with our vision. Shifting with ease from one timeline to another is to key to living more fully in the new energies now available on planet Earth. As we release negative responses to our current timeline, we move past resistance, avoidance and blame. These tactics keep us locked into realities we don't choose and pull us from our peaceful center. It is from a calm and loving place within ourselves that we are able to make peace with the past and turn our attention to the future of our choosing.
Becoming Proficient at Perceiving and Shifting Timelines
So we can set our intention to become proficient at this skill of shifting reality threads. To begin with, it is important to embrace the idea that everything is already in existence. This includes every possible alternate or parallel reality thread we might chose - and those we might not choose. These potentials exist independent of our present reality focus. If you shine a flashlight on a patch of your back lawn, does the part of your lawn not illuminated by the flashlight cease to exist? Of course not. It is still there living independent of the flashlight. The same is true with reality threads. All those threads we have not yet brought our focus to and those we have shifted our perspective from continue to exist independent of our focus. When you think about it, it is a common human foible to think that anything outside our line of focus ceases to exist! But we are ready now to be done with this limited way of perceiving reality.
As we move forward from the recent energy upgrades, we must clarify for ourselves that all realities, all possibilities already exist and in order to experience an adjacent thread, all we need do is shift our attention.
Existing Timelines can't be Changed
We must accept that, hard as we may try, we can't change the reality thread where we are currently focused. It is exhausting and fruitless to try. This is like walking into a tall building and deciding we will change its structure and composition. It is far better to do some research and find a structure consistent with what we have in mind than to try and change structures that are not consistent with what we are seeking.
It is this insistence that a given reality thread should bend to our will that leads to feelings of disempowerment. This is why people proclaim they can't change their destiny. This insistence that a reality thread must change just reinforces victim consciousness. When one fails to transform their reality to fit the visions they hold, there is a tendency to feel hopeless and inept. True empowerment is the ability to perceive alternate reality threads. If we embrace the concept that everything already exists in our field of potential, then it is easy to embrace that all variations of our present reality are already in existence, including realities consistent with our highest vision. To shift to one of these threads, all we need to do is shift our attention and focus to it. You may have heard the statement that whatever you focus on expands. This is true of reality threads. By perceiving a preferred reality thread and shifting our focus to it, we begin to anchor this alternate thread into our daily reality.
For more on timeline shifts, see Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.org/
Teaching
4 Feb 2013 - 5:18am
The New Time on Planet Earth is based on each person reuniting with their multidimensional self, collaborating with aspects of their consciousness that exist throughout time and space. As we create inner unity, the remnants of old ways of being based in isolation and separation disappear into the dim tides of history.
The arrival of this new time does not signal a dangerous apocalypse as is sometimes foreseen. In our timeframe the word "apocalypse" has become associated with the dawning of a chaotic and dangerous future but this hasn't always been so. The original meaning of the word apocalypse is a time filled with discovery of marvelous and hidden realities that allows one to actualize their highest potentials individually and collectively. This change in connotation shows how far we have drifted from our purpose of uniting heaven and earth.
So how have we drifted from our soul understandings? Over centuries, parasitical influences have kept us from remembering the greatness of our being and held us in limited timelines. Believing our future is filled with pain, suffering and even violence has opened the door to negative collective potentials. Cataclysms in the natural world are the offspring of beliefs steeped in destructive future potentials. Slavery as it exists in the physical world reflects the inner state of enslavement to false pathways that rob one of spiritual freedom.
Parasitical Frequencies Seek to Emulate Spiritual Sustenance
To gain deeper understanding of the nature and origin of parasitical frequencies, we point once more toward the ability to download spiritual sustenance during dream states.
When we enter deep sleep states, we are able to meet with our future self in our dreams and receive guidance and instructions essential to our present moment. The downloads we receive provide food for our soul. Information from these downloads stokes the fires of our imagination. This is where great works of all forms come from. These downloads allow us to expand and radiate our light to all the world.
When one fails to achieve these time exchanges with their future self, they contract rather than expand. This contraction sets up a vacuum that attempts to pull in the energy around it – to feed off the energies it encounters. When one is unable to receive the spiritual food needed through inner unification, they subconsciously feed off the energies of others, therefore becoming parasitical. Those with energy fields weakened by doubt and fear are easily preyed upon while those with strong spiritual connections are hardly impacted. From this perspective, it is clear that parasitical frequencies are manmade. They exist as attempts to emulate the process of spiritual unification in the absence of the real thing.
Our Beliefs Determine our Ability to Download Spiritual Sustenance
So what determines whether a person receives true spiritual sustenance through meetings with their future self or whether they tune into parasitical frequencies? In all cases it comes down to one’s belief system.
We have said that tuning into parasitical frequencies provides a barrier to receiving guidance from our future self in dream states. These disruptions occur because parasitical influences reprogram our belief systems so that we navigate along a false path.
Whatever we believe becomes real and true for us. For a future to become possible all we need to do is believe in it. If we believe it is impossible it is wiped from our field of potentials. If we believe in something, we will manifest unshakable proof that our belief is worthwhile. Too often people adopt the belief systems of those around them and manifest future potentials that have no relationship with their life purpose. If you were taught as a child that you are "no good" or that "fate is against you", you may continue to spin out futures based on those beliefs. If you have been indoctrinated into religious beliefs that instill fear about non-physical realities, you will block whatever you perceive as fearful and dangerous.
Throwing off the Shackles of Belief-Imposed Limitations
The good news is that at any point in time we're able to throw off the shackles of belief-imposed limitations and focus on the information our future self brings us in dream states and begin to navigate by the light of this higher vision.
Each person holds within them the potential to believe in positive and acceptable futures and become a force for change in this direction. Information exchanges with your future self in sleep states is key to seeing through parasitical thoughtforms and actualizing your highest potentials.
Our future self is an aspect of our own consciousness that is free to travel time and space. In these travels our future self witnesses the future potentials we are setting up and provides feedback and guidance to our present-moment self in our dream states. This vital information both heals and restores us and helps us seed, cultivate and actualize the highest and best futures we are creating in our present moment.
Our Future Self is our Direct Link to our Mastery Self
Our future self is our direct link to our ascension or mastery self. Our future self has a future self which has a future self and so on as we move through what we think of as time until the moment of ascension. Each future self holds guidance that is “stepped down” from the one before it so it is meaningful to us within each manifestation of our present moment.
Our mastery or ascension self has the information we need at every point along the way in our earthly journey. When we ask for divine assistance, our linkage of future selves provides an infusion of information and cosmic life force energy to heal, balance and restore our physical bodies.
Each present-moment self along the way is a steppingstone on our journey to become one with our mastery selves. The person who works with their future selves is tuned into the frequency of their mastery/ ascension self and over time is empowered to work together with others to jointly set into motion the highest and best potentials on earth. In this way, our apocalyptic new time is restored to its intended meaning as the marvelous discovery of our limitless potentials.
For more on working with your future self, see Messages from the Future: Adopting Your Future Self as Guide and Mentor by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/messages-from-the-future-ebook/
For more on timelines, see Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
Also see: Traveling Time to Meet a Future Self in Consciousness
Traveling Time to Release Energetic Bookmarks: A Soul Retrieval Journey
http://celestialvision.squarespace.com/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
Teaching
4 Feb 2013 - 5:14am
In order to bring a soulmate connection into your life, you may need to identify and work with some deep-seated core issues. One core issue shared by many is trust. This is because many people fail to understand the right use of trust and, as a result, they have had numerous negative experiences around this issue.
Some people have unknowingly closed their hearts due to past hurts and rejections. This closing initially occurs at a time when something painful happens that causes a loss of trust. Fearing future recurrences, the person vows never to love or trust anyone again. Such resolutions create an energetic field that serves as a shield against future intimacy.
One challenge to reopening one's heart is that it doesn't feel safe. One thing that can give a person the confidence to love again is learning to discern when it’s appropriate to trust. Those things that can be trusted are the workings of the universe, the love and guidance of our higher self, universal laws, and one's intuition.
When it comes to others, we can always trust another person to act in accordance with their present level of spiritual understanding, no more or less. It is when we trust that others will act in a way that’s inconsistent with their understandings that we feel hurt and betrayed. As we accept and see others as they truly are, we have no need to trust them to act in any way other than they are.
Excerpt from Manifesting Your Inner Soulmate in Physical Reality By DL Zeta
http://www.celestialvision.org/manifesting-your-inner-soulmat/
& Meeting a Soulmate in Consciousness: a Guided Meditation
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Blog entry
3 Feb 2013 - 10:31pm
TRIDDLE DI DIDDLE DEAR ONES!
It is I ruler of the known and unknown universe, other dimensional places and leader of the Loooove Revolution, your favourite guy of all time... SANASALADMANTANGOTILILLI!
I am here to warn you about 'other' channels that are so out of my concern I never even noticed they were there! I realise I have a lot of fans who want to be like me but seriously? Where else can you get your misguided, unethical, untrue and blatently money making divine information from? Well... anywhere it seems. Short of using 'discernment' (although I don't know what that actually is.)One would be advised not to read these unscrupulous lies. In fact, the only way you can avoid being duped into giving all your money to liars is to purchase our brand new, aura strengthing, truth detector!
Ladies and gentlemen! Gather around! Why spend hours disconcerting yourself with discernment? What do words with three syllables mean anyway? Here is the aura strengthening truth detector that holds divine wisdom of the council of 8!
Indeed guys! We are very proud to announce all the divine wisdom of the universe has been gathered together in one easy to afford orb!
We bring you... The Magic 8 ball 'Ohhhh it's magic you know?'
This divine tool of resonance will indeed explain the difference between truth and lies, like it matters!
You will suddenly know exactly who to give all your money to! Me!
Magic 8 ball - ONLY £ 300! $500
Magic 8 ball activation prayer - ONLY £50 $80
Take the confusion out of divine knowledge, ease your daily persuit for inner turmoil, believe in the only alien who is really Lord!
Fluffy Light and you know 8 on its side is the sign of eternity don't you niave children? Hmmmm? Indeed a sign I think guys.
I AM SANASALADMANTANGOTILILLI (Still calling a spade a spade - N O T a personal digging tool.)
Blog entry
3 Feb 2013 - 5:33pm
As the energy from December/January begins to settle, take the time to make sure you feel like your standing on firm ground. It has been a wild ride for many and things will actually take a wee break before we head for the energy gateway for March. Take the respite while you can!
The seeds have been planted and now need some time to germinate and grow for those of you who were doing your personal and spiritual lessons over the past few months and you might even find that you are not only processing through heightened senses and new sensitivities you are also adjusting to a lot of changes all around. Use this time wisely to find your footing and feel back in control as March is bringing with it more changes in a positive direction. (remember to spirit all growth is positive). Ask for clarity where you need it and also trust in yourself to do what is best and right for you. Don't chase the whims of the ego as it will just be distractions from what you are truly wantings. That being said, you can also create on a moments notice so take heed to your thoughts, your words and your deeds.
Things are looking up financial for many, either that or opportunities are opening up for you with a possibility for the abundance that you seek. There will be some important documents to sign or new contracts to consider as you are reaching a new level in professional life that is beginning to match your desires. Ask Archangel Raguel to help you mediate and understand any legal documents and important papers so that you not only understand, but feel sure in your choices. He will always act for the highest good of all and that is what you seek anyway.
The challenge of this energy is to not get caught up in anyone else's journey or dramas. It might even feel that there things are not turning out as hoped and you have to look at and revise your plans. This is not what is really happening so you will just have to trust for a few weeks while the rebalancing occurs in the new energy. Trust that things are happening behind the scenes and lining up for what is to come. Keep your focus on positive and wanted thoughts and see the positive side of this lull for rebalancing for yourself as well.
March is bringing great change so use this time to meditate, rest and get your bearings as when this time ends it going to come in like a lion. Embrace the change and expect things to get better and better from this point forward. You will find your relationships that most important will take on a new level of appreciation, understanding, and love.
You will be seeing things from an entirely new perspective and this is an important step in your growth and awakening. Trust your intuition and trust yourself. All your relationships will be developing to a new level and so it is important that you take care for yourself and others. Trust that you make objective choices and decision for yourself and with your higher self, allowing you to see the bigger picture and with the energy of unconditional love for yourself, others, and your journey.
Are you ready to start living your life with passion? Trust in yourself, trust in your journey, be your authentic, whole, beautiful self and follow your heart. That is our prescription, along with drink plenty of pure water and food filled with life force energy everyday to help you process your new talents and skills for this coming time of mastery.
Our first mercury retrograde happens on the 23rd-March 17th, and oftentimes we feel it's affects a bit before. I personally have felt like I have been in one ever since the last one in 2012 and during on Monday gathering on Spiritual Growth, Orin mentioned that as we shift vibrationally we can cause malfunctions with our equipment, and I have been adjusting to new sensitivities since early December. He also stated that they might start working after the adjustments, so you might want to wait before you throw something away.
Love and blessings, Sharon
http://sharontaphorn.blogspot.ca/2013/02/sharons-take-february-2013-getting.html
Article Copyright ©2013 by Sharon Taphorn
All rights reserved.
www.playingwiththeuniverse.com
♥♥♥
Teaching
3 Feb 2013 - 1:51pm
Negative Attitude: Causes, Consequences And Cures
By Simona Rich
http://www.personal-development-coach.net/negative-attitude.html
.
.
The Causes of Negative Attitude
Limiting beliefs. The main cause of negative attitude is wrong beliefs about life or certain aspects of it. You see the life through your beliefs and if your beliefs are negative, you will see your life as unhappy or downright pointless. So to change such attitude you need to change your beliefs.
Negative family/friends. It seems that your friends and family affect how you feel and if your family is negative, they cause your bad attitude. That’s, however, not the case because only you can decide how you feel. I know this may seem unreal to those who hear it for the first time, but you and only you can decide how to react to anything that happens to you.
You don’t have to get upset when someone tries to get you upset. You can choose to remain calm or even be happy. If you allow others to decide how you should feel, you let them have control over you. That’s, of course, not a wise decision since people usually mind their own well-being first.
You always have choices. If your family is negative, for example, you can choose to live away from them or at least see them less often. If your friends are negative, you can simply refuse to be with them. This will definitely be beneficial because then nobody will reinforce your negative beliefs and thus cause your negative attitude. Remember, however, that you attracted your friends and because of that you have the power to attract better ones.
Negative environment. If you do not see the relation between your thoughts and the environment that you find yourself in, it’s no surprise that you assume that you have no power to change it. So when you think you are powerless over your environment and your environment is negative, that causes your negative attitude.
To change that you need to understand that your thinking led you to this environment and it wasn’t so simply by accident. So to change your negative environment you need to change your thinking which will be described further on in this article.
Unsatisfying circumstances/life. If you find yourself complaining about how unhappy you are, it’s exactly the reason you have such a negative attitude. It may be hard at first to understand and accept this but the quicker you do, the quicker you will be able to change your life for the better. Your complaining alone can keep you stuck in the circumstances that you find unsatisfying. So to change your life you should stop complaining and start working on improving your life.
The Consequences of Negative Attitude
Negative attitude Shortens your life. The more often you become angry, upset or frustrated, the less days you will have left to live. I know this is extreme, but that’s how it is. You are shortening your life every time you let negative emotions overtake you.
Such attitude Creates unpleasant future. Your present actions determine your future. If you constantly moan and are dissatisfied with your circumstances, in the future you are sure to meet with more of the things you are unhappy about. The more you complain, the more things you will find to complain about.
It harms others. Your negative mood affects people around you. You should never make others feel bad because by doing so you are contributing not only to your own misery, but to the unhappiness of others also.
Such attitude produces negative effects. Every cause has an effect and so your negative attitude (cause) produces negative circumstances. Mostly people think it’s the other way round, but that’s not the case. Your thinking causes your circumstances.
How To Change Negative Attitude
It is possible to change negative attitude, but it will not be easy. If you lived your life seeing only dark colours, you cannot turn this around in a day. However, by taking small and consistent steps you will gradually become a happier person.
The best way to change your mental state is by understanding the outcome of negativity. Carefully read the consequences of negative attitude and they will serve as reminders as soon as your mood goes down. You will think twice before getting upset, angry or depressed. And Yes, you cause your own mood and you can change it by simply focusing on good aspects of your life or imagining something positive. You are not at the mercy of different kinds of negative feelings that visit you when you least expect. You can control how you feel.
As soon as you spot a negative aspect of a situation or thing, try your best to find its positive aspect instead. For example, if you oversleep, you will think that you will be late for work. Instead try to find something positive that you gain from over-sleeping. You may realise that your efficiency will increase significantly because of the extra hours of sleep. So always look at the positive aspects of any situation that you find yourself in.
You should try to understand what causes your negative attitude. It might be that you live with a person who constantly ruins your mood or it may also be something to do with your past. Maybe something happened to you that made you deeply upset and you have not recovered from that incident since. Try to understand that the incident is long gone, and you should not live in the shadow of it. Your past can only have influence on your present if you let it. Remember, your whole power is in the present moment.
Positive thinking is not enough. If you cannot find the cause of your negative attitude, you will only cover this attitude with positive words which will do no good to you. So try to find the cause of it and this will allow you to change your negative attitude.
Sometimes causes are internal rather than external. In fact, any external cause will lead you to the deeper, internal cause. For example, you might understand that you are negative because your family makes you negative. But when you dig deeper, you may realize that you feel unworthy as a person and you project this unworthiness onto your family and that makes you angry at them. It’s true that the qualities you don’t like in other people are yours, so it’s not others that are at fault but you. So in this example you uncover that it’s your limiting belief of unworthiness that makes you negative. The next step will be to eliminate it and then your attitude will improve.
The Types of Negative Attitude
There are certain types of people that indulge in negative states of mind. They are all different in some ways of thinking and acting, but the unifying feature of all of them is their constant negativity. Here are several types of such personalities:
The miserable type. Such people are grumpy from the start of the day. They meet with failures as soon as they wake up, which sets their day to be full of anger and hopelessness.
Usually this type of people keep to themselves and their presence makes others moody. People instantly feel their bad energy and try to stay away from them.
When you talk to the person of this type, s/he may insult you without even intending so. This is because their negativity is so aligned with who they are that they cannot recognise if they make others happy or sad.
The most interesting distinction of this type is that they are mainly unaware of their mental state. They don’t realise that they are negative.
Friendship with the miserable type of people can get you seriously depressed. This is because they have a very strong negative energy resonating from them which might draw you in. This is especially true if you are mentally weak or insecure.
Silent killer. Such people usually understand psychology quite well. They use this knowledge to gradually introduce hatred, anger and low self-esteem in others. They do this by making remarks about how others behave or look. They know that their remarks are destructive, but others may not realise that.
For example, your friend casually implies that you should not wear this type of suit because it emphasizes your waist. Do you see the real intention behind the advice?
Another example could be such situation. You have just met your dream partner and you are in love with each other. You meet your friend and start conversation about your new partner. The friend makes such remark: ‘Hmm, I wonder what made her choose you…’
This kind of advice or statement makes you question your appearance and abilities which leads to low self-esteem and self-doubt.
The reason why silent killers act this way is because they are very insecure beings. Because of that, they want to make others feel as insecure as them. Getting others in such negative state gives them reassurance, control and satisfaction.
Drama queen This is the most common type. Their emotions range from anger to self-pity, and every small incident can be turned into the storm. They seem to like the fact that they can change how others feel and be the centres of attention.
Such people are needy and insecure, they crave for constant reassurance. They strive for attention and approval. If they don’t receive what they want, they begin acting in childish ways. They may start crying, throwing things around or trying to get on others’ nerves.
That eventually backfires on them. Once that happens, drama queens become scared and surprised by the reaction they caused. This way drama queens try to make others feel guilty and cruel.
This kind of behaviour is the result of neediness and low self esteem.
Woe is me. Such people love to talk about their failures to everyone who would listen. They do that purely to get attention and sympathy of others.
Many people do not realise that such unfortunate stories can do a lot of harm. You should stay away from such people because they will draw you in to their world of unfairness and unhappiness.
This especially applies if you are mentally weak. By listening to the stories of the ‘woe is me’ type, you are likely to start visualising their troubles and invite them into your own life.
The paranoid type. They perceive others to be constantly trying to worsen their lives. If they go shopping, they think that shopkeepers are trying to rip them off; If someone wants to befriend them, they think that s/he wants something in return for the friendship.
Many people who live in foreign countries fall into this type. Once they encounter one unfortunate situation when they are treated unfairly because they are foreign, they start to see unfairness everywhere. It may come to the stage where they would see that everyone is against them because of their skin colour or accent.
This negative attitude is mainly caused by self-doubt and poor self-image.
Trigger type. Such people seek ways to release their anger or self-pity. An example would be a person who gets into the conversation with someone who is sure to make him feel angry or hopeless. This way he destroys his mental balance and health.
Another example could be a person who tries to spark an argument. He starts accusing someone of doing something insignificant and continue with his/her accusations until another person finally breaks down.
By releasing their emotions they discharge their negativity and give some of their negative energy to the people they argue with.
These are the most common types of people with negative attitude. One person can have a mixture of several types, but then one type will be more prominent than others.
Conclusion
Negative attitude serves no good to you or others. The quicker you start changing, the sooner you will notice the benefits you will get.
People will start treating you differently and you will notice opportunities everywhere you go. You will start seeing the world as full of happiness and possibilities.
From now on, start planting seeds of joy, love and happiness. This will pave your way to success in everything you do.
Teaching
3 Feb 2013 - 1:22pm
Self-pity - the silent killer
Written by, Greg Moore
http://www.examiner.com/article/self-pity-the-silent-killer
“Self-pity is the psychological state of mind of an individual in perceived adverse situations who has not accepted the situation and does not have the confidence nor ability to cope with it. It is characterized by a person's belief that he or she is the victim of events and is therefore deserving of condolence. Self-pity is generally regarded as a negative emotion in that it does not generally help deal with adverse situations. However, in a social context, it may result in either the offering of sympathy or advice. Self-pity may be considered normal, and in certain circumstances healthy, so long as it is transitory and leads to either acceptance or a determination to change the situation.
Self-pity can be remarkably self-sustaining particularly in conjunction with depression or other conditions. For example: a child at school feels badly because they see others as more social or outgoing. If the child does not take action by attempting to get to know others despite potential negative consequences (such as rejection) then they may continue to feel alone, and their feelings of self-pity will be sustained. Self-pity is a way of not going through your own feelings, not paying attention to your own pain, and how much the situation is hurting you. It is a way of gaining attention from others to receive recognition for the pain they have cost you and waiting for them to feel sorry for you.
Social-Learning theorists purport that self-pity is a method for gaining attention, probably as a child, where an individual received attention, support, and nurturing while being sick or hurt. The child then grows up having learned to give attention to oneself (or ask for attention from others) while in real or dramatized distress to receive the same payoff. Thus, another form of self-sustainment can be sympathy offered by others: "oh, you poor thing." This is particularly true of individuals who exhibit sociopathic or psychopathic tendencies[citation needed] and rely on the sympathy offered by others as a means to manipulate.
The nature and depth of human pride are illuminated by comparing boasting with self-pity. Both are manifestations of pride. Boasting is the response of pride to success. Self-pity is the response of pride to suffering. Boasting says, “I deserve admiration because I have achieved so much.” Self-pity says, “I deserve admiration because I have sacrificed so much.” Boasting is the voice of pride in the heart of the strong. Self-pity is the voice of pride in the heart of the weak. Boasting sounds self-sufficient. Self-pity sounds self-sacrificing.
The reason self-pity does not look like pride is that it appears to be needy. But the need arises from a wounded ego, and the desire of the self-pitying is not really for others to see them as helpless, but as heroes. The need self-pity feels does not come from a sense of unworthiness, but from a sense of unrecognized worthiness. It is the response of unapplauded pride.” (end of qoute from Wikipedia)
Interesting; a key issue in recovery is overcoming selfishness; overcoming the selfish pattern of behavior that seeks to gain attention or sympathy through our suffering. It bears emphasis that this behavior purports to be dealing with suffering while not really dealing with it at all. Self-pity is a pernicious form of denial. It certainly doesn’t seem that way when we are in the throes of it, yet it is true. Combine that behavior with the tendency of others to offer sympathy and advice and the potential for self aggrandizement is maximized. We are in the spotlight!
So, what is the way out?
First, as recovering people from any depreciating situation or issue, we must recognize and admit it when it sets in.
Second; be willing to process the emotions and reality of whatever event or chain of events has transpired. In other words, admit that what is, is what it is. Then let ourselves feel the pain and grieve if we need to.
Third; take what constructive action we can.
Fourth; seek to be of usefulness to others give away some positive spirit and energy. Get out of our self centered, attention getting behavior and serve.
Teaching
2 Feb 2013 - 12:22pm
The Power of the Spoken Word
http://www.templeofthepresence.org
Words have more power than we customarily attribute to them. They go forth with a vibration that can be uplifting, comforting, healing, encouraging or depressing, antagonistic, damaging, discouraging. Whatever the level of vibration, it goes out into space and lingers there, affecting the atmosphere surrounding us. You have probably experienced this. Therefore, if you want to produce goodness in your world, it is important that the words you speak and thoughts you engage reflect that quality.
The Mind of God knows only Perfection. Hence, every Decree sent forth from the Mighty I AM Presence creates only Good. As we more and more make the connection with our Presence and call forth the Light of God, we begin to build a momentum of creating goodness in our own world and for others. As long as we are consistent with our calls, the momentum continues to build, magnifying goodness, promoting healing, producing abundance, forging peace and every Virtue that exists in the Consciousness of God. This is how we manifest change in our life and our world.
When, however, we become lackadaisical in making our calls, our momentum stalls and can diminish if left unattended too long. In one sense, the Light of God is like a fiery furnace that needs to be constantly fueled to keep the fire raging. As the fire diminishes, so does the power of the flame to produce heat. In Truth, the Light of God is a Sacred Fire that can only act in our world if we continue to call it forth, for Divine Law prevents the Light from acting on our behalf unless invited by our free will.
The Ascended Masters have furnished us with Decrees, Affirmations, and Fiats designed to call forth the Light of God into various situations in our life. Decrees of Adoration help us commune more deeply with our I AM Presence, and it is only from within that communion with our Presence that we are able to effectively call protection, illumination, healing, abundance, and all other God Good to ourselves and others.
Of course, our lives need to be in alignment with the Qualities we are invoking. We cannot be decreeing to transmute and balance past negative karma at the same time we are consciously creating more negative karma and expect to be making any progress. There needs to be a certain degree of striving to attain the Qualities we are calling forth and, at the same time, the absolute conviction that the call does compel the answer.
Teaching
2 Feb 2013 - 12:11pm
May the Great Spirit bless you
.
.
Holy Locks
http://ajahdharma.wordpress.com/ajah/dreadlocks-the-symbol-of-a-holy-man/
.
.
“The long-haired one endures fire, the long-haired one endures poison, the long-haired one endures both worlds. The long-haired one is said to gaze full on heaven, the long-haired one is said to be that light … Of us, you mortals, only our bodies do you behold. …For him has the Lord of life churned and pounded the unbendable, when the long-haired one, in Rudra’s company, drank from the poison cup.”
-(The Keshin Hymn, Rig-veda 10.136)
(Dreading is not essential, and many people with fine hair don’t bother dreading it. Long hair is a living part of you, whether knotted or not.)
the long hair wears the flag of freedom, of Ajah…
as they say let your freak flag fly…
Dreadlocks are usually intentionally formed; because of the variety of different hair textures, various methods are used to encourage the formation of locks. Also leaving long hair to its own devices by not brushing or cutting the hair will encourage it to tangle together as it grows, leading to twisted, matted ropes of hair known as dreadlocks. Dreadlocks are associated most closely with the Rastafari movement, but people from many ethnic groups in history before them have worn dreadlocks, including many ancient Semitic and Indo-Aryan peoples of the Near East and Asia Minor, Sadhus of Nepal, India and the Sufi Rafaees, the Māori people of New Zealand, the Maasai and the Oromo of East Africa, and the Sufi malangs and fakirs of Pakistan, and medieval Irish Warriors. The dreadlock is a symbol of pride in who you are, which is the self. In African religions the dreadlock to a man, as a mane is for a lion, we should all live as lions, Kings of the jungle, teachers of truth to the one people.Long Dreads express a spiritual significance which implies the wearer has special relations with spirits, is an immortal traveler between two worlds and the master over fire.
trimming the hair not only declines this gift of God but, in a sense, disfigures the shape of man. And the Ajah perspective, long hair helps raise the Kundalini energy that increases tranquility, vitality and intuition.
Cutting the hair impedes transmitting light from the bones in the forehead to the third eye, which affects brain activity, the thyroid, and sexual hormones. By cutting hair not only lose energy and nourishment, but that the body must then manufacture a great deal of vital energy in regrowing the missing hair.
Hair also directs sun energy to the frontal lobes where meditation takes place. These “receptors” act as conduits that allow greater amounts of cosmic energy.
dreaded Rasta
Locks are an expression of deep religious or spiritual conviction ,in fact several ascetic groups within various major religions have at times worn their hair in locks, including the monks of the Ethiopian Orthodox Tewahedo Church, the Nazirites of Judaism, Qalandari Sufi’s the Sadhus of Hinduism, and the Dervishes of Islam among others. The very earliest Christians also may have worn this hairstyle. Particularly noteworthy are descriptions of James the Just, first Bishop of Jerusalem, who wore them to his ankles.
an elder sadhu with long dreads
Shiva and his followers were described in the scriptures as wearing “jaTaa”, meaning “twisted locks of hair”, among the Sadhus and Sadhvis, Indian holy men and women, locks are sacred, considered to be a religious practice and an expression of their disregard for vanity, as well as a symbol of their spiritual understanding that physical appearances are unimportant. The public symbol of matted hair is re-created each time an individual goes through these unique experiences.In almost all myths about Shiva and his flowing locks, there is a continual interplay of extreme asceticism and virile potency, which link the elements of destruction and creation, whereas the full head of matted hair symbolizes the control of power. Gangadhara Shiva captures and controls the river Ganges with his locks, whose descent from the heavens would have deluged the world. The river is released through the locks of his hair, which prevents the river from destroying earth. As the Lord of Dance, Nataraja, Shiva performs the tandava, which is the dance in which the universe is created, maintained, and resolved. Shiva’s long, matted tresses, usually piled up in a kind of pyramid, loosen during the dance and crash into the heavenly bodies, knocking them off course or destroying them utterly.
Locks in India are reserved nearly exclusively for holy people. According to the ‘Hymn of the longhaired sage’ in the ancient Vedas. (Hymn under title)
Putting hair up during the day helps absorb solar energy; keeping it down at night absorbs lunar energy. Braiding the hair down at night also helps balance out the electromagnetic field from the day’s activities. The best way to energize your aura and brain cells, and stimulate the pineal gland in the center of the brain, is by putting up the hair in a “Rishi knot”. (In India, a Rishi is a wise one who coils his or her hair on the crown of the head.) According to Yogi Bhajan, “The activation of your pineal results in a secretion that is central to the development of higher intellectual functioning, as well as higher spiritual perception.”
Natural Hair Care
There are many natural ways to care for hair:
Apply a mix of almond oil with a few drops of sandalwood oil to the hair
Jojoba and rose oil is great for healing curly hair
To prevent hair loss massage the scalp with coconut oil, then sit in sunlight until dry
Maintain good hair and scalp health with vitamin A, C, E and lecithin
Consuming onions and olives helps balance hormones and rejuvenates hair
Treat split ends not with trimming but a small amount of almond oil (leave in overnight but be sure to rinse!); it takes approximately 3 years for new hair receptors to form at the tips
Dry clean, wet hair naturally by sitting in the sun, which also allows the absorption of Vitamin D
Yogis recommend shampooing about every 72 hours
Washing the hair after an upset is emotionally beneficial
For better brain health keep hair natural and healthy; silver or white hair color increases the vitamins and energy flow that compensate for aging
Blog entry
1 Feb 2013 - 5:53pm
CONNECT WITH THE LIFE FORCE
~ John & Patrice Robson
www.higherawareness.com
"The spirit down here in man and the spirit up there in the sun, in reality are only one spirit, and there is no other one."
~ The Upanishads
We regard our lives as made up of an infinite number of separate bits and pieces. That is how our senses perceive our universe.
But science has now affirmed what the sages always knew. The life force is the foundation of all, unseen and untouched though it may be.
It flows through everyone and everything. It is impossible to exist separate and apart from the source of all creation.
"Everything you see has its roots in the unseen world.
The forms may change, yet the essence remains the same.
Every wonderful sight will vanish; every sweet word will fade,
But do not be disheartened,
The source they come from is eternal, growing,
Branching out, giving new life and new joy.
Why do you weep?
The source is within you
And this whole world is springing up from it."
~ Jelaluddin Rumi
Blog entry
1 Feb 2013 - 2:45pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: I started Yoni Mudra Kumbhaka two weeks ago and since then I have been feeling a strange new connection between my head and my perineum. I do Sambhavi and I feel it down there. I put my tongue on the roof of my mouth and I feel it down there. It's pretty nice and sexual, but also pretty strange. Is this the Ecstatic Conductivity you often mention? It seems to be so. Why is it happening, and where is it leading? Where did the term Ecstatic Conductivity come from? I have never seen it in a yoga book.
A: What a beautiful experience. Yes, it is the beginning of ecstatic conductivity, and once it has begun, it will be with you to stay. A level of purification has been reached in your nervous system where your previously learned practices, combined with the addition of yoni mudra kumbhaka, have given rise to that telltale inner sensuality between the brain and the root. It is an awakening of your spinal nerve, which has led to conscious sensations between the upper and lower extremities of it. This is an excellent way to begin a gentle and loving kundalini awakening, with balance of ecstatic energies between head and root right from the start. It means you have good inner silence available to blend in a progressive and healthy way with the rise of ecstatic energies in your nervous system.
How you conduct your practices from now on will determine the rate at which the awakening will continue. If you were to stop practices today, it would likely stay at about the current level of connectedness, or "ecstatic conductivity." As you continue with practices, which I'm sure you will, the ecstatic conductivity will increase over time. It should be a comfortable and smooth unfoldment as you continue to be attentive to self-pacing in practices according to your experiences. We can thank the purifying and stabilizing influences of deep meditation and spinal breathing for our continuing growth and stability.
I confess that the term "ecstatic conductivity" is something I came up with many years ago to describe my own experiences with it, which were similar to the experiences you are beginning now. It is the awakening of kundalini, and we also use kundalini terminology to describe it. Every tradition has its own language for the experience. In these modern times, where we are able to understand such changes as an awakening of the latent capabilities in our nervous system, we can describe it as the rise of increased conductivity in the electrical circuits (nerves) in our body. That is what it is. And it is pleasurable, as you point out. The pleasure keeps increasing as the conductivity increases, eventually beyond all human comprehension, I might add. So it can be called "ecstatic" conductivity, which it certainly is.
Why is it happening to you now, and where is it leading? Well, it is your time, you know. You are doing powerful practices every day, and the time has come for your nervous system to open. It is like a second puberty that is happening in so many of us as we begin our journey into the internal divine lovemaking that leads to the unity enlightenment stage. When kundalini begins to awaken, the inner union, the marriage of our divine polarities, is in the offing. It could take only a few years, or many years, for the process to complete itself, depending on the remaining obstructions in our nervous system, and the degree of dedication we have in our daily practices. And where will it lead? Union is freedom in unending ecstatic bliss and divine love, of course. It is our destiny – it is the birthright of each and every one of us. We have explored this in discussions in the lessons on the milestones and stages we experience on the journey to enlightenment.
The fruition of the journey was also discussed recently in the AdvancedYogaPractices Tantra group, from a slightly different perspective – the point of view of "Sri Vidya" and its "Sri Yantra" sacred diagram. You may wish to review that lesson. If you are not a member of the Tantra group yet, you can review a copy of the lesson that I've pasted below.
I wish you all success as you continue on your journey to ecstatic
bliss and unending divine love.
The guru is in you.
******************************************
Copy of a lesson posted in AdancedYogaPractices Tantra Group,
4/18/04, at:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/AdvancedYogaPractices_Tantra
Subject: Sri Vidya – The fruition of tantra (http://aypsite.com/T25.html)
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of this tantra yoga archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "What is tantra yoga?" (http://aypsite.com/T1.html)
As was mentioned in the first lesson here, tantra has often been condemned as degenerate in the East and misunderstood (with great enthusiasm) as a sexual cult in the West. What we find as we travel our serious path of yoga is that tantra includes everything we are doing, and probably a lot we are not doing. Tantra is the most all-encompassing approach to yoga, leaving no stones unturned.
But where does it all lead? What is the end of tantra? What is its fruition? In the main lessons, and here in the tantra group also, we have discussed the union of our inner polarities as being the end of all our yoga practice. There are many ways to describe this process – as many ways as there are spiritual traditions in the world. No matter how described, it is the same process of human spiritual transformation.
On the level of our personal experience in the body it is the union of our blissful inner silence, cultivated mainly in deep meditation, with our whole body ecstasy, cultivated in spinal breathing and other pranayamas, mudras, bandhas and tantric sexual methods.
On the level of tantric mythological metaphors it is the union of Shiva and Shakti, which correspond to the direct experiences of silence and ecstasy just mentioned.
The rise of Shiva, Shakti and their final union everywhere within us make up the three stages of enlightenment – First, 24/7 inner silence. Second, 24/7 whole body ecstasy. And third, 24/7 ecstatic bliss, the joining of the divine polarities of silence and ecstasy, yielding an endless outpouring of divine love, which is unity.
If you imagine the rise of a conscious ecstatic resonance vibrating in every atom of your body, occurring between every nucleus and its surrounding electrons, you will have an idea of the depth of the transformation. It is an unending cosmic orgasm within every cell and atom in us.
This fruition of divine transformation is recognized in a scriptural and experiential branch of tantra known as, "Sri Vidya," which means "glorious knowledge." It is the knowledge of ecstatic bliss, expressed with mathematical precision. If this seems like a paradox then it is surely divine, for divine truth is a paradox. If it seems to be wildly ecstatic, it will be heading toward spiritual precision. If it seems to be mathematically exact, then it will soon to be undoing us in an ecstatic reverie. Nowhere is this better expressed than in Sri Vidya's sacred diagram called "Sri Yantra," sometimes called "Sri Chakra." You can view it at the following links, which can also be found in the links section of this group:
http://www.aypsite.com/sriyantra.html
http://www.isibrno.cz/~gott/mandalas.htm
If you do a web search on "Sri Yantra" you can find many versions of Sri Yantra, and endless discussions about it. Perhaps you are familiar with it already.
A version of interest for this discussion is the blue Sri Yantra in the link showing a white dot in every blue triangle in the yantra. This depicts the ongoing sexual union of Shiva (masculine white lingam bindu dots) and Shakti (feminine blue yoni triangles) in every atom of the cosmos. Sri Yantra in its entirety also represents the sushumna/spinal nerve/tunnel, the nervous system, and the divine union occurring everywhere up and down inside us.
Mathematically, Sri Yantra recreates the wave pattern formed by the vibration of "OM," the sacred sound that is found humming naturally within the human nervous system as purification and opening occurs. OM emanates up through the medulla oblongata, the brain stem, forward through the center of the head, and out the third eye. OM is no small, quaint thing that happens inside us. It is "roaring devastating ecstasy" breaking loose inside us, and is synonymous with the highest stages of tantric sexual cultivation. OM is kundalini is full ecstatic swing. So here you have the sexual connection between Sri Vidya, Sri Yantra and tantric sexual practices.
How is one to use the Sri Yantra, if at all? Some traditions use it as an object of meditation. In these lessons we will not. When OM comes, Sri Yantra will be there in us. We become Sri Yantra when we manifest the ecstatic vibration of OM, which is the sound of kundalini/Shakti ravishing her Shiva within us. As this occurs throughout our whole body, we become the Sri Yantra itself. The Sri Yantra is a representation of our nervous system in its highest mode of spiritual reverie.
When you look at the Sri Yantra from time to time, just be aware that this is a representation of your rising inner spiritual dynamic, as well as the ecstatic nature of the cosmos. It is both the microcosm and the macrocosm, and so are we. It is a confirmation and a reminder of what we are consciously becoming through our advanced yoga practices, including those we talk about here in the tantra group. Whole body union of ecstatic bliss is what we are cultivating ourselves toward, and this is what Sri Yantra is.
Let there be no condemnation or misunderstanding about it. No apology is necessary for cultivating human spiritual transformation to its highest level. So cultivate away!
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed instructions on building a balanced practice routine with self-pacing, see the AYP Eight Limbs of Yoga book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#8lim
http://aypsite.com/169.html
Teaching
1 Feb 2013 - 12:40pm
Appreciate your own Sunshine
written by, Julie Miller
[personal file]
February 01, 2013
How many times do we take even the smallest things for granted; like being able to brush your hair, making bread or other hands-on sticky recipes, being able to tie shoes, etc.? We have learned over the course of our lives regardless of our age how to be thankful of the big things that are easily seen but the small things also make up a great part of our presence – we are a balance of both.
Any person that has endured a broken bone understands what it is like to do without a specific motor function…all that we do effects so much. How we gain the broken bone isn’t really relevant but the lessons that come with it are astronomical. Anytime we must live without something even for a few weeks requires adjustment for our whole being to take on…it’s a learning opportunity that includes the areas that may have been previously ignored.
The right side of the body represents the masculine whereas the left side represents the feminine aspect. Most of the time when we go about our day we do not think of right side vs. left side or masculine vs. feminine when we feel a sudden ache or we bump into something and receive a bruise. Whenever we do find ourselves stumbling it is up to ourselves to know why. Our body with its subtle messages provides us with a lifetime of information and stored knowledge - opportunities for deeper growth and understanding is presented when we discover a new ache or pain. All the clever books written cannot tell you the knowledge your body has for you. Our bodies speak to us in a language that is discernible for each person…What a marvel on ingenuity to appreciate!
Sometimes it is hard to appreciate and rejoice in the challenges that are presented to us when any kind of pain is involved. It’s always easier to appreciate the easy stuff, but the hard and most trying of challenges also require appreciation. Everything we do comes with a momentous amount of lessons, from walking to the store, to saying, “Excuse me” as you move past another person, to a family or close friend that has been seriously hurt or discovering a new illness – lessons surround us as soon as we wake and until we go to sleep again. And our lessons surround the choices we make.
Making mistakes, accidents, errors, etc., are a part of life. We cannot progress without them. As predictable our life can become or how boring it can seem at times, our life is a precious gift. Each mistake we make we need to appreciate what we learned from it, and the learning isn’t just providing us with one possible soul-ution but many and the one we choose is the one we must stick to and be responsible for and appreciate. There are no such things as accidents, only opportunities to try again, develop keener observation skills, and to appreciate the specialness of your life. There is never any reason for a person of any age to be bored when life presents us with endless opportunities and choices to enrich our lives.
Sometimes we must repeat mistakes before we learn the lesson that is involved and break its cycle and some cycles are described as vicious. They can be exhausting and repeating cycles seem to develop a life of their own if we let them and that is the key…if we let them. At every step of our journey, no matter who else may be involved we are solely responsible for the choices we make and the sooner we give appreciation to them, the sooner we see and learn the lesson then the quicker we move ahead into new challenges and lessons that are always for our benefit. The knowledge we have gained, and the wisdom we have is on-going. How we choose to react to each new challenge also determines the duration and level of energy that will be utilized. No matter how difficult it is to face those hard circumstances with a smile or laugh each time it is important for you, for us and for me. Don’t chastise yourself if you find yourself tired during some issues but perfectly okay with others, our psyche reacts to change at different speeds for different things. Embrace the changes as best you can and appreciate yourself with self-love and self-care; learn and think that this mistake, this pain or this lesson is an opportunity to learn and to increase our knowledge of ourselves that will definitely help our interactions with others.
Life is a gift, most definitely. Trying to put ourselves in another person’s shoes to experience what it is like to manoeuvre with a broken bone is very difficult in order to appreciate the ability and value to being able to do the smallest of things. Unfold this mystery by not imagining but to visualize going through our exact day with a broken hand, or broken leg or with an illness that drains you almost instantly. Discover the challenges you will most likely face that were not there before, a very big WOW moves through not only your busy mind but throughout your whole self with new-found understanding and awareness. Yes we must continue moving forward solving our own mystery of our own life but taking on a more observant and appreciative approach is good to manifest all possible positive outcomes. Embrace and rejoice to learn why only one part or side of the body had to get your attention, learn what could be lacking and work at re-balancing your Self from the inside and discover more about yourself from the adventure.
Appreciation is more than saying thank you for a gift or praise, appreciation is acknowledging that what you have is suffice because there are others that are worse off. Even within the spiritual circles there is too much complaining, competition among people instead of truly unifying through good-natured love for one another. Appreciate each other with love and respect; appreciate the good and the bad. We are derived of both negative and positive traits, negative and positive energies – appreciate all for they speak of you and of me as active beings working together bring unity in our own way on a global scale.
If the coffee/tea in your cup grows cold don’t complain appreciate that you have a beverage that was once hot and you can still drink it; we must remember there are many who would love to have that cold drink and things could always be worse than a cold coffee or tea. Smile more often especially during the darkest of times – be your own sunshine.
Brightest Blessings
Julie Miller
Story
1 Feb 2013 - 3:38am
Hello everyone,
You may have heard the terms density and vibration thrown around. It is sometimes clear that there's some relation between the two, however even Brian is a little confused by it. It's a little ironic because he comes with a Metatronic blending and though he does have a natural intuitiveness when it comes to metaphysics, he has more interest in what you could call "high level" applications of Metatronic energies versus getting into the nitty-gritty details. So a lot of this will be new to him. So that's where we come in for this channeling, to perhaps fill that gaps so he can accurately reflect these topics for you. Yet, he's doing a lot of work since we don't use your terminology or come from your physical perspective and obviously this topic is somewhat technical and the description has to be tailored to your experience. We are giving the energy, and giving his ego a little more control than normal so he can assist with the translation. So now to get into it...
From a perspective of definition, density and vibration will seem different. Density is how tightly packed energies are together. Vibration is how quickly things change and usually these changes are in a seemingly cyclic nature giving the impression of vibration, thus making the word appropriate.
When you throw a few vibrations together, the equivalent of modulation in your science, you get things that change in non-cyclical ways even if their components change cyclically. You are a bundle - or blending - of vibrations, versus just one vibration. You can describe a vibrational level of your physical body, and that'd be more or less an aggregate vibration. However, that's an approximation. You would have a much harder time describing the vibration of the soul since it is so diverse. Additionally, both body and soul are made of many bundles of different vibrations and even these bundles differ moment to moment along with the aggregate vibrational levels. One moment you feel you are on top of the world, and the next moment you stub your toe on the curb and get upset. Then you realize while looking down at your foot that there's a one hundred dollar bill on the ground and you're happy again. The vibration changes between these three events like a roller-coaster and that is sometimes how it is. On another front, beings like humans have many commonalities between how their bodies' vibrations work and interact, however even amongst humans there is variation. Nevertheless, you take all beings both with form and without in the universe, you get a huge amount of variation making humans seem very similar in vibration and function. So there is no single set of "rules". Yet for human beings, obviously you can define some commonalities that usually apply, at least on your world.
However, the main topic of discussion is how density relates to vibration. We're going to give a relation between density and vibration that usually holds up, though there are exceptions even for your world. All things being equal, higher density usually results in lower vibration because it constrains the flow of energy. The reason for this takes a little expansion of the understanding of what a vibration is. A vibration is not usually working with energies like your light and matter and electricity, though those are of course form-based energies that carry vibrations, but instead typically working with energy that is more or less "formless". Some call it light but a different kind of light. We'll just call it formless vibrational energy. "Well, if it's formless, then how can it have a vibration?" The answer is because it carries potentials of specific forms, but these potentials are not yet expressed (it is more than one thing at once). The potentials still impact the vibration of this energy. It can be considered "All of the above", instead of one thing, so-to-speak. Most beings live in this "formlessness". However, your physical selves live instead in a world that is primarily not "formless" and only a small amount of the energy is formless. In your world, when you decide what that energy is, then it takes on only the vibration of what you decided to see. The other vibrations disappear from your view, and this "thing" becomes more concrete. Another effect is that the "formless" energies tend to spread out more, and this will take a leap in understanding because they aren't really spreading out in time and space but you could say areas between spaces, other dimensions or whatever you want to call it. Dimensions can mean a lot of things but we're talking about formless dimensions. Quite interestingly, where you don't see a lot of form, you see empty space between worlds, for instance. In the other dimensions, there is no empty space but instead a more homogenous spreading out, so this is unique to your dimension.
Now, let's forget about the universe for a second and just focus on one world. A beautiful blue world that you call Earth. What you call your home. There is another component to density. We discussed how density is increased when formless potentials become form. We mentioned that thought causes this creation of dense energy and form. Now, what happens when you get a bunch of humans together? You get an interesting effect because thought can carry a density with it. When it comes to the planet surface, a city's infrastructure is not more dense than an ocean or mountain. It's all pretty similar density from an energy perspective. In fact, a mountain can be more dense than a city, but from a universal perspective the difference is negligible. But now when you take the shell of a city and you pack a lot of people into it, you get a concentration of dense thought. When you take a world, and you pack a lot more people into it, you get more dense thought.
All things being equal, this dense thought yields a lower vibrational environment. There is a balancing effect, since the concentration of human consciousness also brings in more potentials, more conscious energy, and can counter-act the effect the density to help raise aggregate vibration over what you call time and specifically through social growth and expansion. This is through things like the ability to focus less on survival and having more energies available to explore. Yet, for the individual, the increased density that results is usually more constraining. The individual seems to suffer. Yet it all depends on the individuals. For, the time you may call biblical times in fact was less dense but also carried lower vibrations across the aggregate of society than your world does now. The individual had an easier time raising their vibration, but the whole of society was lower vibration than yours is now and the average individual lived more in a more primal way. That was their choice. Each individual would have had an easier time at raising their vibration had they so chosen.
So you can see that for the individual, density makes raising vibration harder. Yet when individuals are involved, it is up to the society and the individuals whether or not they choose to raise their vibration. All things being equal, higher density is usually lower vibration. But when you involve human beings and the impact their consciousness can bring, all things are usually not equal, anymore.
The world you are living in right now is extremely dense. It's denser than almost anything in your linear history and most of you have never incarnated into an experience so dense. So we have to give you a lot of credit. You are very brave knowing full well the difficulty you'd have raising your individual vibrations and the sacrifice it is in order to bring in more energies for the society as a whole.
Now, we are going to bring up one more thing that is important right now. What happens if you can take the amount of vibrational energy available that the high amount of energy the human consciousness brings to this world due to the sheer number of people incarnated, and then also give that consciousness the opportunity to spread out versus being packed in so densely together? You get a rapid expansion of consciousness and a rapid increase in vibration. Does that sound familiar? If it doesn't, it will very soon.
Well that's it. Brian wants to apologize for things being very long. He had a difficult time linear-izing what we were saying. We don't think the apology is needed due to the obvious complexity of the subject matter, but he insists.
Love,
The Dragon
Blog entry
31 Jan 2013 - 4:03pm
{Connie Huebner facilities the presence of Divine Mother by putting her attention on the deepest level within her heart. She experiences the vibration of Divine Mother's name at the quiet inner most subtle level of life and is then able to have an intimate, inner conversation with Her. The following is an excerpt from the immense wisdom of Divine Mother on the topic of Attention and Love.}
Divine Mother: I want you to know how powerful your attention is. I want you to know that wherever you place your attention, great power is sent there. I want you to be alert to the times when you are sending negative attention somewhere, and stop.
Your awareness is becoming very rich with unboundedness for you to utilize.
You are growing in Wholeness. That means your awareness is becoming very rich with this unboundedness for you to utilize. You utilize your unboundedness by intention and attention. When you are growing in unboundedness, Wholeness, it is important to be very discriminating with your focused attention, so that the positive grows and the negative diminishes.
So please if you find yourself focusing negative attention to someone or something, stop, and send Love. Focus positive attention, because then the Wholeness of the unboundedness of your awareness can flow through you to that point of attention and give you many blessings. I am saying that it can give you many blessings, even though you may be focusing your attention on someone else.
You are capable of turning enemies into friends by changing the energy that you send to them.
By sending love even to enemies, you bless yourself and they become friends, not enemies. You are capable of turning enemies into friends by changing the energy that you send to them, because when your attention is placed on something and your awareness flows there, changes occur in the vibration of that person’s field, and that person's field becomes more whole. Because it is becoming more whole, it resonates more gracefully with your field which has become very whole. You will find that whatever the difficulty, it can be resolved and dissolved.
You know from the study of plants that plants, which are living things, simply respond to your negative or positive attention. Studies have proven this. People do the same thing. So if you are sending negative attentions to someone, stop, and send them positive attention, send them Light. If you don't feel good about them, you can use the Divine Light prayer, which is: Divine Light is pouring into my friend, Divine Light is overflowing in my friend. Use their name when you do this prayer. This will change them and you, because now you are doing something constructive for them, and you are becoming strengthened in the Light when you pour Light into someone else. Your attention is going to Light. Your attention is going to them receiving Light, and everything changes.
So please do this, because we have to eliminate negativity in the world, and those of you who are strong in your Wholeness, in your awareness, must be particularly alert to use that Wholeness constructively.
Trust yourself. If there is a problem you have with someone or you are angry about something, clear it in yourself. Don't pour it on to somebody else. Clear the energy of the anger first. Then you can talk about the situation from a place of neutrality, and that will not be a harmful place for anyone.
Be aware of what you are doing at all times.
I am bringing this up to you now because the world has had enough pain and suffering. Because you are here to bring peace and harmony to the world, you must be vigilant not to inadvertently create more problems. Be aware of what you are doing at all times. Say, "go, go" if the negative thoughts or feelings start to come in. You have the prayers; use them, they change energy, and they change vibratory frequency. You don't have to be a victim of someone else's negativity either. Use the prayers when someone attacks you or is harsh in your environment. Break the structure of harshness. Be responsible to Mother Earth.
You are involved in cleaning up the environment. You wouldn't throw trash on the road or on a lawn. Don't throw mental trash in the atmosphere. You can clear it with these Transformational Prayers. Use them. I am deeply grateful to you for this.
Story
31 Jan 2013 - 3:35pm
31-Jan-2013
Hello Son,
Thoughtlessness
When a person leaves his mind empty and lets the higher consciousness communicate; he actually negates his ego and keeps the message pure.
There are no personal interferences or inclinations towards anything.
His mind is void of thoughts and is connected to the Divine silence that reaps him the reward; from the Creator; knowledge and knows how much the reward is.
For this increases his wisdom and insight.
Thoughtlessness is escaping or even nullifying the material world and the influences for the ego. For it only pollutes our thinking and ruins the internal sight that is sacred. For it connects to the Divine source.
My dear ones seek the void of emptiness that is the gate way of knowledge and the SELF.
Your mother; live in the state of emptiness and connect to your wisdom internally.
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Further Reading: Signpost to the Source
Blog entry
31 Jan 2013 - 3:09pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: I have been practising meditation for nearly a month now. It gives me tremendous energy and peace. However a friend of mine, a person who has a fair amount of yogic knowledge and a person whom I respect a lot, told me that If I pursue this course, I should be willing to experience pain, especially since my past is extremely painful. As a matter of fact I had started meditation to heal myself of this pain and face life, move on, live life with peace, harmony and respect for my fellow human beings. Is pain, a pre-requisite for finding peace?
A: Thank you for writing and sharing. No, pain is not a prerequisite for finding peace. This does not mean we will not have any pain, or that we should assume the journey is not worth making if we encounter some along the way as our nervous system purifies and opens.
It all depends on the obstructions lodged in our nervous system, and how we manage our practices to release them. Peace and bliss are inherent inside us. There are many ways we can uncover our native state. Some are more radical (and uncomfortable) than others.
In the lessons, everything is designed for simplicity and maximum power, with minimum discomfort. In fact, advanced yoga practices are designed to be a path of enjoyment from start to finish. There is no requirement that anyone overdo with any practice -- in fact, it is strongly discouraged. If we enjoy the results of our daily practices, we will continue. If they are a painful drudgery, then who will want to do yoga? Only masochists. So everything is geared to balancing practices to maintain a positive experience of ongoing purification and growth. It can be done.
Advanced yoga practices are like a fine tuned automobile. You can push on the gas pedal and go as fast as you want. You can arrive at your destination smoothly and safely, or you can wrap yourself around a tree. It is all in the driving, you know. You are the driver with these practices. This is why we talk so much about "self-pacing" in the lessons. It is very important. It is the new approach in these modern times. Each person can drive themselves home to enlightenment at their own speed. Many are ready for this.
Even a good driver will hit a few bumps in the road from time to time. It is inevitable on any journey. It is part of life. So we compensate (slow down) when the going gets a little bumpy, and speed up again when the road smoothes out again, as it surely shall.
Do we have to go out of our way to drive through every pothole and ditch we see? No. This is why we say pain is not a prerequisite for peace.
It sounds like you are traveling smoothly so far, and it fills my heart with joy to hear of your rising energy and peace. You are a blessing to the entire world in your practices, for everyone is benefiting from your purification and opening. Continue with enthusiasm and prudent self-pacing, and you will arrive home to your divine Self straight away. Much is being accomplished with every sitting. Lifetimes of pain and suffering are painlessly melting away.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed instructions on building a balanced practice routine with self-pacing, see the AYP Eight Limbs of Yoga book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#8lim
http://aypsite.com/168.html
video
31 Jan 2013 - 12:45pm
We all have moments or darkness in our life's journey. ALL! Even the holiest of the holy. The question is how to come out of them. Watch this video for my insights.
Here is the link to the video: http://youtu.be/EZjPj_5xPHE
You can read the same information at my blog: http://raysofempowerment.com/finding-light-in-the-darkness/
Claim your free e-course "7 easy steps to abundance mastery" here: http://www.raysofempowerment.com
video
31 Jan 2013 - 12:42pm
A
ffirmations is a powerful tool to manifest your dreams. However there is the right way of creating and using them to make them successful, in other words achieve the aim of using them - dreams being fulfiled.
Here is the link to the video: http://youtu.be/McE8WAOwqDs
Teaching
31 Jan 2013 - 11:34am
http://www.lawoftime.org/lawoftime/synchronicmathematics.html
At its source, the synchronic order is pure mathematics; the mathematics of the fourth dimension. Number precedes consciousness. Number is supramental—beyond mind. Number is what gives mind its sense of order, harmony and organization. The synchronic order is based on a set of fourth-dimensional mathematical constants. The Galactic Compass demonstrates the complete mathematical principles of fourth-dimensional time.
The Galactic Compass
The Galactic Compass accounts for 18,980 kin permutation possibilities. These 18,980 kin constitute the galactic cycle of 52 solar years. In other words, it takes the galactic calendar precisely 52 years before one of the 260 galactic signatures falls again on the same day of the 365-day solar cycle. This is demonstrated on the ephemeris on the back of the Galactic Compass. (The Galactic Compass is the chief instrument included with the Dreamspell kit)
From center outward, the Galactic Compass is arranged:
The green center point of the compass represents an infinitesimal point of resonance, the seventh dimension; ratio 1:260 (=0)
Emanating in four points from the center is the primal spectral quartering of light or luminosity, the sixth dimension; ratio 1:65.
The next circle is a band of five colors - the castle ring - representing the fifth dimension; ratio 1:52.
Next is the wavespell ring showing 20 solar seals in the 20-wavespell sequence of fourth-dimensional time; ratio 1-13.
The next ring out is the day ring, showing the daily sequence of 20 solar seals which create the kin equivalences of the third-dimensional time; ratio 1:1.
Then comes the 13-tone ring which creates the daily wavespell sequence, and which represents the second electric sense dimension; ratio 1:1.
The yellow ring next shows the first-dimensional tonal sequence as a solar periodicity wave; ratio 1:20.
Finally, the outermost green ring translates the solar periodicity wave into 19 sequences: 18 of 20 days each and one of five days, which correlate the cycle of the Earth with its annual orbit around the sun, according to both the Gregorian and the 13 Moon Calendars.
Since the Galactic Compass is calibrated to the 13:20 timing frequency, it is divided into 20 arcs of 18 degrees each. Since the smallest unit of the 13:20 timing frequency is the 260-kin spin, and since this spin consists of only thirteen, 20-day sequences, the outermost Green ring runs 13 sequences, then continues its final six sequences of correlate dating directly beneath the compass entry point, 07.26 (July 26 Gregorian = 01.01, first day of the first of the 13 Moons). This means that 260 days later is the spin return point, 04.12 (April 12 Gregorian = 10.09, ninth day of the tenth of the 13 Moons). As of this day, the galactic spin repeats itself, and the kin equivalents of the final six correlate dates match the first six.
On the back of the Galactic Compass is the ephemeris. On the outermost edge of the ephemeris are the numbers 1-13 (representing the 13 galactic tones) combined with one of four names, representing the four of 20 solar seals which constitute the Gateway Earth Family. This demonstrates the cycle of 52 galactic gateways (tone and seal) which all annually on the Gregorian date July 26, or 13 Moon calendar date Magnetic Moon, day one. The ephemeris also demonstrates this 52-year periodicity principle for a set of five cycles (AD 1754-2013), the 260-year of biospheric transformation.
The vastness of the universal order of time is knowable through simple mathematical codes and laws, the most basic being the ratio formulation: 4:7::7:13. Coded within this formulation is the ratio of the universal frequency of synchronization: 13:20.
All numbers are composites and/or factors of each other. The primal numbers of time are 4, 7, 13 and 20. The primal numbers of space are 4, 5 and 9. The frequency of the Law of Time is 13:20—between the 13 and 20 is the seven. Between 3 and 7 is the four. Herein lies the form constant that establishes the ratio 4:7::7:13. Four is the root, seven is the stem and thirteen is the fruit. This is the primal ratio and cosmology of the Law of Time.
In this construct, there are three units on either side of the seven—this is the underlying law of three. 3 + 3 = 6. Six is the basis of the hexagisimal order.
3 + 1 + 3 = 7;
6 + 1 + 6 = 13.
Parallel constructs can be derived from doubling the law of three. So we have the 7, 13 and 20. The point is that the fundamental formulation of the numbers and patterns in time is contained in this formulation.
Particularly with the seven and the thirteen we are dealing with supremely cosmic frequencies, the 7 being derived from the interval of lost time in eternity and the 13 being the function of the 4:7::7:13 that creates endless cosmic cyclical patterns. The 13 then forms into a type of spiral which is known as the wavespell. By comparison, space is a static structure.
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 10. Ten is the decimal base.
7 + 13 = 20. Twenty is the vigesimal base.
Fourth-dimensional time is based on 20 and third-dimensional space (as matter) is based on 10. That ratio difference is what creates the higher etheric patterns of time in relation to the denser patterns of space.
Dynamic Numbers of Time
Static Numbers of Space
Symbolic structures are derived from the primary numbers of time: 4, 7, 13, and 20. The number 20 (4 x 5) actually incorporates a fifth force of space. In other words, the 20 is a function of time (7 and 13). It is also a function of space (4 x 5). When we multiply the space numbers 4 x 5, we arrive at the 20—a prime number of time. Therefore 20 is the magic number that comprises both space and time. This is why twenty is known as the number of totality and 20 squared is 400, the pure fractal frequency of totality.
In the vigesimal system, 400 is written as 1.0.0, there are zero units in the 1-unit and 20- unit positions, and a 1 in the 400-unit position. This is the totality. The square of the totality of time (400) is four times greater than the square of the totality of space (100). Yet 1.0.0 vigesimal looks like 100 decimal.
Teaching
31 Jan 2013 - 11:14am
The Law of Time
www.lawoftime.org
The Law of Time is a universal law and principle. It states that time is the universal factor of synchronization.
The Law of Time distinguishes between a natural timing frequency that governs the universal order, and an artificial timing frequency which sets modern human civilization apart from the rest of its environment, the biosphere.
The effect of basing a civilization on artificial timing factors - an irregular calendar and the mechanical clock - has resulted in the creation of an artificial global mantle, the technosphere. By consuming natural resources faster than they can be replaced and creating more waste than can be eliminated, the technosphere operates at the expense of the biosphere. Hence, the current global crisis.
The Law of Time affirms that all of the planetary upheavals and social chaos that we are experiencing today are directly related to giving precedence to human laws and machine technology, rather than divine order and natural law. This is due to living a collective misperception of time known as the 12:60 frequency. This refers to the 12 month cycle of the irregular Gregorian calendar paced by the 60 minute clock.
12:60 and 13:20
It is simple to understand the 12:60 and 13:20 timing frequencies. In the 12:60 frequency people are ruled by the clock and money, the deadening "daily grind" takes precedence over spiritual purpose. In the 12:60 frequency, time is money.
In the 13:20 frequency, time is art. In the 13:20 frequency, people are ruled by their heart, nature and art and guided by dreams and synchronicity. Spiritual cultivation is the number one goal. In the 13:20 frequency synchronicity is the norm. Everything is always in perfect order. Everything is always on time. Everything is always new. Each day is a cosmic unfoldment.
"The essence of the discovery of the timing frequency is a simple one. The 12:60 refers to an unconsciously accepted order of time that is artificial in nature. Twelve refers to the codification of daily time into an irregular and arbitrary calendar of 12 months. Originated in Babylonia, the final historical form of the 12-month system was instituted in 1583 by the Vatican as the Gregorian calendar, which is now accepted as the standard in use world-wide. Sixty refers to the equally arbitrary division of the day into 24 (2 x 12) hours of 60 minutes each. The result of the 12:60 is the creation of a timing frequency whose mental field of consciousness is dominated by mechanization and a third-dimensional science of space-matter. Unconscious acceptance of this 12:60 timing frequency is the single most contributing factor to the problem of human alienation from nature.
"The timing frequency discovery further demonstrates that the division of the solar year into 12 periods or months is an arbitrary one based on divisions of the circle, a construct of the geometry of space, into 12 parts of 30 degrees or days each. From the outset, the stream of civilization originating in Mesopotamia was rooted in space, and what it thought to be time was only a measure of space. The antecedents of the Gregorian calendar find their origin in Egypt and Babylonia, ca 3000 BC, at which time the spatial geometry of the circle arose. The timing of this occurrence in the ancient Middle East corresponds closely to the Mayan timing frequency which describes a 5126-year "great cycle" beginning in 3113 BC and ending in AD 2013." ~ José Argüelles, The Call of Pacal Votan
Living in artificial time disconnects us both as a species and individually from our true nature. We always feel like we never have “enough time.” In the 12:60 frequency, time is money. In the 13:20 frequency, time is art.
The Law of Time affirms that the quality of beauty in nature is supreme;
it is a scientific and mathematical function of fourth-dimensional time.
All art codes are within us.
We ourselves, each and every one of us, are the artist that the planet is calling on!
The 13:20 ratio of the natural timing frequency coded into the Tzolkin – the 260-unit harmonic matrix. The 13:20 frequency can also be found in our body: we have 13 main articulations and 20 fingers and toes.
"
"In the synchronic order, the holographic "soul" element of any given form - human, planet, star or galaxy - is called a holon." (Book of the Timespace, Cosmic History Chronicles Volume V)
The human holon is the holographic "soul" element of the human form. The 20 Solar Seals are contained in our 20 fingers & toes; the 13 Galactic Tones are contained in our 13 main articulations: two ankles, two knees, two hips, two wrists, two elbows, two shoulders, one neck.
The Law of Time affirms that by the nature of the universal timing frequency the world is already as one. It is only humankind who has chosen separation. This separation is reinforced by separation in time, living by the clock and the irregular measure of the Gregorian calendar keeps the world from being as one.
The Law of Time states that: Energy factored by time equals art. In this equation, (E) refers to all phenomena in their processes of unfoldment; (T) is the present moment functioning according to the ratio constant 13:20. Everything shaped by time is art.
Teaching
31 Jan 2013 - 8:33am
LOSING YOURSELF IN THE DIVINE: CREATIVITY AS A SPIRITUAL PRACTICE
- Lucia Cappacchione, PhD
www.luciac.com
When you create you lose yourself in your creation. Time seems to stand still and all else is forgotten. You participate in the divine play that is creativity. These moments offer a glimpse of who you really are: a being fashioned in the image and likeness of God. Like the source of all creation, you are a creator, too. It is your divine birthright. The person who says "I'm not creative" is uttering blasphemy. The truth is that you are the Creative Self expressing through the human vessel of your body, emotions, mind, and soul. Creativity flows through you as a universal life force, called by many names throughout the ages: chi, prana, shakti, the Holy Spirit. It is this energy of love flowing through you that also gives life to your creations.
The medium in which you create is irrelevant. It doesn't matter whether you write a business proposal, play a piano sonata, or prepare a delicious meal. You may be seeking to resolve one of life's mundane problems or express deep feelings and insights through poetry. Embrace your creation as a lover and you can break through to another realm. When you stick with it for better or for worse, your creation becomes your guru (Sanskrit meaning "from darkness to light").
Losing yourself in the divine embrace of the creative process, you disappear. Your ego or limited sense of separateness vanishes, and you emerge into the vast ocean that is creativity. This is an altered state of intuitive awareness in which you renounce control from your head alone. Instead, you allow the Creative Self to flow through your heart, your body, and your intuition. Then you are taken to places you can never go in your ordinary waking state. This road leads eventually to moments of divine bliss described by ecstatic poets like Rumi, Kabir, and Lalli.
The desire to realize the natural high found in peak moments of creativity is so basic that, if given no healthy outlet for this urge, people turn to alcohol or drugs for a simulated version. These counterfeit forms inevitably backfire, for they violate an essential ingredient: the human vessel for containing the Creative Self. And that vessel - physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual - can be shaped only through hard work and awareness. We must harmonize these four aspects of our being. For instance, the body and emotions need time to digest flashes of inspiration the soul and mind receive. After participating in laboratory controlled experiments with LSD many years ago, author Anaîs Nin concluded that she didn't need drugs to get high. Her writing had always taken her to a state of heightened awareness. Nin had kept a journal since childhood, developing her craft every day of her life. Regular writing practice was the cauldron in which Nin, the novelist and essayist, was formed. Interestingly, it is her diaries (published in several volumes) that are best known, even though she hadn't originally intended them for publication.
To flourish, creativity needs our full attention and disciplined focus on details. It is a way of life, a way of being and perceiving. It is a form of meditation that leads out from the Creative Self and back to it. The creative process rests on a foundation of attentiveness, skill, and hard work. At her most inspired, the master pianist loses herself in performance, transcending technique and dissolving into the Creative Self. Her ego steps aside and the music plays her. This is possible only because she has spent years rigorously developing her God-given talent through loving practice. The enthusiastic entrepreneur writes an inspired business plan because by acquiring skill, experience, and knowledge he has also cultivated intuition, vision, and love of his work. He's done his homework.
Any practice, spiritual or otherwise, involves making mistakes. Millions of errors are made before the human vehicle is ready for the Creative Self to freely flow through it. A good metaphor is in the art-making process. For instance, in ceramics the clay must be wedged (pounded vigorously to remove air bubbles) before the pot is formed. If not, when the pot is baked in the kiln fire (which is where the transformation occurs), the air pockets will cause the pot to explode. In the creative process we are "wedged" by life, pounded vigorously to remove the air bubbles of an inflated ego.
The yogis call this tapasya, the purification in which inner heat is generated by friction between the mind and the heart. The ego dies hard. When the ego is embarrassed by the revelations of our human foibles, omissions, or transgressions, it experiences frustration, angry explosions, or the slow inward boil of resentment. In the same way, the creative process is humbling. It opens us to rejection and feelings of failure, self-doubt, and unworthiness. That's why so many people avoid it. Creativity's invisible fire burns up all that stands between us and the integrity of our creation. When we serve the work, however, it becomes our teacher. We shape the work, but at the same time the work shapes us. The alchemists described this purification process as turning base matter into gold, tests into mastery, crisis into wisdom.
In serving the work, truth is everything. For example, what we ignore comes back to haunt us. Weak spots a writer glosses over in a manuscript, baking soda the chef forgets to add to the cake mixture, specifications the designer leaves out of an architectural blueprint become teachers. The pot that cracks apart in the kiln was not wedged properly in the first place. The results never lie.
There's nothing wrong with making mistakes. In fact, mistakes are honorable. They are how we learn. But if we think we're above it all, our egos will be burned in the fire of truth. Through embarrassment we find we didn't know it all. We couldn't slide past the truth. What we missed or chose to ignore inevitably trips us and grounds us again in earthbound reality. Brought back to our senses and to the matter at hand, we are reminded of our human being-ness. That is the vessel for our divinity. Try to escape that fact and God or the Goddess has no place to reside in us.
If you are devoted to the Creative Self, you will encounter the same tests described in the writings of saints and mystics throughout the ages. These include highs and lows, agonies and ecstasies, inspired moments, and dark nights of the soul. Some periods feel charged with "greening" (to use Hildegard of Bingen's term). Juicy and fertile, you are full of aha" moments - breakthroughs and discoveries. Inspiration gushes like a geyser.
At other times you feel dry, lost in an arid desert of disinterest, depression, and barrenness. Emptiness prevails and you wonder if maybe you haven't lost your talent and skill along with your connectedness to the source of creation. You are haunted with questions like Will I ever have another creative idea? Am I all dried up? Have I used all the creativity rationed to me in this lifetime? A battle with the demons of self-judgment rages within.
The literature of both art and mysticism abounds with descriptions of this phenomenon, a black void that seems totally enveloping and all-pervasive. Read the words of biblical figures like Job, poets like Saint John of the Cross and Rainer Maria Rilke, spiritual leaders like Saint Teresa of Avila, artists like Vincent Van Gogh. They all gave voice to the darkness within where, paradoxically, the Creative Self is to be found. Artist and recovered mental patient Mary Barnes once wrote, "In order to come to the light, I have to germinate in the dark."
You don't have to go out of your way to find these experiences. We all face our terrors at one time or another. It's part of the human condition - losing a job, filing for divorce, going into bankruptcy, having a serious accident, dealing with a life-threatening illness or the aftermath of a natural disaster, surviving the death of a loved one or the loss of a love. But if you see crisis as an opportunity, an invitation to personal renewal, then life itself becomes a creative process.
Those on the creative path who have journeyed fully into inner darkness and have come back to tell the tale seem to be saying, "These are the dues you have to pay. Life will pound you vigorously. Can you stand up to it? Do you have the strength and tenacity? Do you trust the creative process? Have faith in the source of creation."
Life's tests are the kiln fire that transforms us into conscious vessels of the Creative Self. However, if we cannot embrace challenges as teachers, our human clay can explode. Unable to handle the heat, some cast themselves as victims and become bitter. They may become violent, depressed, take refuge in addictions, resort to criminal behavior, become irretrievably insane, or even commit suicide.
How can the human vessel contain the limitless divine Creative Spirit? Like the birth of a baby, it's a mystery yet it happens every minute. Here the discipline side of the creative process is essential. It has been said that art is 5 percent inspiration and 95 percent perspiration. The same can be said for the creative process of living. You show up each day, do the work (whatever form it takes), follow where your next inspiration leads, and pay attention as the challenges unfold. This is as true in your occupation as it is in your personal life. When you are committed to seeing your life as a work in progress - as the creative process beckoning to you – then creativity becomes your spiritual practice.
Day after day your devotion to creativity will enable you to merge with your Creative Self. Your destiny will unfold from within. Your life will become the unique work of art it was meant to be. An ancient Chinese story tells of an old master ceramist developing a new glaze for his vases. Each day he carefully regulated the heat in his kiln, worked painstakingly with the chemistry of the glazes, and experimented with them over and over. He labored devotedly day after day, yet the effect he had envisioned continued to elude him. Having applied his vast store of knowledge and skill and having exhausted his human power, the master concluded that his life was over. He climbed into the kiln to be fired along with his vases. When his apprentices opened the kiln, they beheld a magnificent sight. All the glazes were sheer perfection, like nothing their master had ever achieved. He had become one with his creation.
In embracing creativity as our spiritual practice, we commend ourselves into the Creator's hands, knowing that our goal is to disappear. And when we do, we become one with all creation. The divine spirit dances with us, it plays its music through us. We become the instrument through which the divine flows like a river to the sea. All the pilgrimages, all the prayers and chants in all the temples and churches of the world are meaningless unless we are devoted to living in and through the Creative Self, to live as the image and likeness of God.
If life force energies are not moving creatively, they will become destructive (as so-called holy wars have taught us). Destructiveness is the Creative Self turned upside down. Something has taken a wrong turn, and, like cancer, it devours the source of its life. The cure is found in creativity.
When your Creative Self calls, go with it. It is God speaking. Listen to your Creative Conscience, the voice of the divine guiding you each day. It resides in your heart. Go there and roam. That is your true temple.
©Lucia Capacchione. All Rights Reserved. Excerpted from "The Soul of Creativity" published by New World Library.
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 7:40pm
In transitioning from one reality to another, it's important to complete with your present reality before moving to a new one. The process of completion involves holding in your mind the blessings you have received in your present reality. Express gratitude for all that has been: for the experiences, the learning opportunities and the sharing. Affirm to yourself everything happened perfectly and all is now complete.
Expressing gratitude for the reality you are leaving helps you to release even the hint of a nuance that you are seeking to "run away from" the reality you are presently experiencing. Understand since you contain it all -- each and every reality you have ever experienced – the idea that it is possible to "leave behind" any reality is illusory. If you are seeking to "get away from" a reality, you will carry thoughtforms about what you "don't want" into your new reality and begin re-creating them there.
Before shifting into a new reality, bring closure to any unresolved emotional energy and heal your experiences. This allows you to come into a place of gratitude. Healing begins when you bring the essence of this "old" reality into the bright light of your love, appreciation and gratitude.
When you are able to feel love and gratitude for all that has been, you are ready to begin energizing new probabilities. When you make the decision to begin this shift, affirm your decision by wording it in terms of what you want rather than what you no longer want. Release any thoughts of who you have been, who you no longer wish to be, and simply step into the identity of who you are now -- who you choose to be.
By strongly identifying with your self who is experiencing your chosen probable reality, you make begin to make this self’s reality your present-moment reality. By bringing your complete focus to your new reality, you are moving toward who you now choose to be, which naturally creates distance from any past realities and carries you into the full experience of a reality aligned with the new vision of a greatly expanded present and future.
Excerpt from Timeline and Identity Shifts: the New Science of Reality Creation by DL Zeta http://www.celestialvision.org/timeline-and-identity-shifts-e/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.org/
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 7:37pm
In the course of your spiritual evolution, you may encounter several souls who hold the codes and keys to reflect to you the condition of your inner soulmates. As you move further along in your spiritual understandings, certainly there are fewer beings that can truly see you at all levels and reflect to you all of who you are. In spite of this, within any lifetime there are several souls with whom you hold soul contracts. These contracts bring us together with our soulmate in divine timing in this lifetime or the next.
When we reach a place of spiritual clarity, it’s a matter of choice as to whether we enter into a soulmate relationship. Some fully unified individuals feel they can better serve the whole by communing with their soulmate in consciousness while giving themselves mind, body and soul to their spiritual mission on Earth. Others choose to serve through their connection with another unified soul, becoming a truly powerful force in the universe.
A soulmate connection can take many different forms but always it is based on the frequency of love, the inner unification of each person and a connection based on spiritual purpose and collaboration.
M It’s not uncommon for you to hold soulmate contracts with souls you have known in other lifetimes. As old souls, you hold contracts with many souls for many purposes, including sharing a soulmate connection.
Activating Soul Contracts
Within each lifetime, you hold contracts with various souls you have known in other times. These contracts are always designed by the mutual agreement of both souls to create experiences that are for the highest and best of each. Souls may choose to pick up where they left off with a needed course of learning or they may attempt to resolve a misunderstanding from a past time. Not all soul contracts are the type of soulmate agreements we’re talking about here, but generally speaking, all soulmate connections are the result of soul contracts.
A soulmate contract is activated in optimal time for both souls involved. When a person has undertaken the inner work necessary to balance their inner masculine and feminine and to harmonize their conscious and subconscious minds, they are ready to activate a soulmate contract for higher spiritual understanding. The activation of a soul contract helps each person progress in fulfilling their soul mission for this lifetime.
Excerpt from Manifesting Your Inner Soulmate in Physical Reality By DL Zeta
http://www.celestialvision.org/manifesting-your-inner-soulmat/
& Meeting a Soulmate in Consciousness: a Guided Meditation
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
For more information, visit http://www.celestialvision.com/
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 7:31pm
Using the tarot as a diagnostic tool for healing is a very effective way to analyze the five planes of existence. We create a spread of cards that has five planes of three cards each. To begin this reading, start in the middle of the reading area and place three cards face down diagonally left to right so that the bottom right corner touches the upper right corner of the card below it. Then we move to the lower right of this center spread and place one card face down. We move to the upper right just beyond the center spread and place one card face down. Repeat this in the upper left area and the lower left area and then continue placing one card into each plane until all four areas have three cards each.
We turn the center area over first. This will represent the activity of the heart in the person. All Tarot decks have some form of ‘Pentacles’ which represents the element ‘Earth’. All decks have Swords or some facility representing ‘Air’. All decks have Wands or some facility reflecting the element ‘Fire’. All decks have some form of ‘Cups’ reflecting the element ‘Water’. All healing intuitive diagnosis is a combination of either Earth, which normally indicates a physical anomaly or existing manifested illness; Swords, which reflects a supporting mental disposition aiding the illness; Wands, which indicates the epletion of energy or compromising energetic position due to the illness; and Cups, the fluid environment being affected.
The diagnosis will often indicate a pre-cursor condition leading towards a potential illness. In this reading, we learn how to evaluate the hormonal balance, the endocrine system, the meridian system, and the universal life flow patterns in the body. We will also learn to sense the ‘free radical’ level in the body as well as DNA disruption levels. The sympathetic nervous system feeds generously into the Tarot to teach us about our clients. We will work on the basic premise that the client has a 90% chance of being too acidic in both dietary discipline and mental attitudes. The reading will further indicate light body energy and proximity to higher levels of conscious awareness.
Excerpt from The Healing Intuitive Tarot Reading by Peter Phalam
http://www.celestialvision.org/the-intuitive-health-tarot-cou
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 7:29pm
When I began reading the Tarot Decks back in 1973, I used the traditional readings from books. Later on, I studied Carl Jung and his analysis of using Tarot for the study of emotional and mental problems. The many students in my area were using the Major Arcana of Tarot Cards to do the analysis. After many years, I have finally discovered a mannerism to use the entire Tarot Deck for the ‘Healing Intuitive Reading’. We will be examining five planes of health in a being. The heart and blood, the liver, pancreas, adrenals and kidneys, thymus, immune system and finally, the brain, will be examined. We are not doctors or medical professionals. We can merely look at this reading and advise a client as to what we have found. It is up to the client to decide how they will act on the information.
The Major and Minor Arcana
All areas in the reading are similar from the Minor Arcana and Major Arcana or trump cards. The numbered cards from Ace through Ten all have the same definition. Aces reflect the beginning of something new. This is not necessarily an illness but perhaps a dietary change or a lifestyle change. In any case, it discovers something new. Two through Ten merely defines the degree of intention within the situation, with Two being very mild and Ten reflecting a more serious problem. The court cards where the King and Queen reflect parents and genetic transfers or emotional and mental problems, are all the same. The Prince and Princess or whatever your deck depicts in the court cards are friends and co-workers who create challenges with emotional and mental blocks.
The Major Arcana are very different in that each card in each field has a different intention. The Major Arcana has within it cards that depict every planet in our solar system, including the Sun and Moon. It also has all twelve zodiac signs from the 0 of the Fool to 21 ‘The Universe’, which is the planet Saturn. Tarot is nothing more than the feminine interpretation of astrology and healing is a feminine activity. The Major Arcana will show up if something is going on. If none of these cards appear in any plane, the individual is relatively healthy but may have a pre-existing condition or a chronic condition under control. Most likely, the Major Arcana will appear somewhere and impact the reading.
The Healing Intuitive Card Layout
Using the tarot as a diagnostic tool for healing is a very effective way to analyze the five planes of existence. We create a spread of cards that has five planes of three cards each. To begin this reading, start in the middle of the reading area and place three cards face down diagonally left to right so that the bottom right corner touches the upper right corner of the card below it. Then we move to the lower right of this center spread and place one card face down. We move to the upper right just beyond the center spread and place one card face down. Repeat this in the upper left area and the lower left area and then continue placing one card into each plane until all four areas have three cards each.
We turn the center area over first. This will represent the activity of the heart in the person. All Tarot decks have some form of ‘Pentacles’ which represents the element ‘Earth’. All decks have Swords or some facility representing ‘Air’. All decks have Wands or some facility reflecting the element ‘Fire’. All decks have some form of ‘Cups’ reflecting the element ‘Water’. All healing intuitive diagnosis is a combination of either Earth, which normally indicates a physical anomaly or existing manifested illness; Swords, which reflects a supporting mental disposition aiding the illness; Wands, which indicates the depletion of energy or compromising energetic position due to the illness; and Cups, the fluid environment being affected.
The diagnosis will often indicate a pre-cursor condition leading towards a potential illness. In this course, I will teach you how to evaluate the hormonal balance, the endocrine system, the meridian system, and the universal life flow patterns in the body. We will also learn to sense the ‘free radical’ level in the body as well as DNA disruption levels. The sympathetic nervous system feeds generously into the Tarot to teach us about our clients. We will work on the basic premise that the client has a 90% chance of being too acidic in both dietary discipline and mental attitudes. The reading will further indicate light body energy and proximity to higher levels of conscious awareness.
Excerpt from The Healing Intuitive Tarot Reading by Peter Phalam
http://www.celestialvision.org/the-intuitive-health-tarot-cou
http://www.celestialvision.org/-celestial-vision-audio-series/
Blog entry
30 Jan 2013 - 3:13pm
New Members: It is recommended you read from the beginning of the archive, as previous lessons are prerequisite to this one. The first lesson is, "Why This Discussion?" at http://aypsite.com/10.html
Q: Have you heard of this practice or practice it yourself or know anyone do this practice that one sustains one's body only on the essence from space or sunlight? I read many biography of past MahaSiddha, almost all of them has undergone austerity (fasting) and develop the ability of sustaining the physical body NOT on food. By the way, I am doing the sungazing practice rediscovered by HRM and he says he now only lives on sunlight and water.
A: I have no contact with those who exist on prana in the air or sunlight alone, and it is not an ability I am focused on developing at this time. However, the principle should be fairly clear from our yoga practices and experiences.
As we advance in yoga our nervous system purifies and opens to our inner pranic energies, fed by the kundalini/sexual energy rising from the pelvic region. As this process matures we are nourished by the active life force (prana) much more from within. So much so that breath can suspend spontaneously for long periods during pranayama and meditation, and eventually outside practices too. Even beginning meditators experience this automatic slow down and stoppage of breath. The same applies to food intake. If we are nourished from within, then we are less dependent on constant food intake also and can fast easily without discomfort, though this is a more delayed process than the immediate response of the breath.
It stands to reason that inner prana must be replenished from somewhere, normally by both air and food, and that may be where the methods of the "breatharians" and "sungazers" come in. Based on what I just said about inner nourishment, it would seem that these practices are not for direct nourishment, but for replenishing and storing prana in the body (probably in the lower centers) for inner sustenance.
It seems to me that all this would be best served by first engaging in yoga practices to bring about the purification and opening of the nervous system that is prerequisite to such refined inner nourishment, which then can be sustained, if desired, by harvesting prana from the air and/or the sunlight. So these practices would seem to be later stage things in the overall process of enlightenment.
The first question in the lessons is always, what does this contribute to the process of human spiritual transformation today? Is it leading to more purification and opening in the nervous system, or is it getting the cart in front of the horse? We'd all love to live as the siddha-saints do, but have we first done all the yoga they did to get to the stage we would like to emulate? Is developing the ability to live on air and sunlight so important? Or is it just a by-product ability (a siddhi) of something much more important -- our enlightenment, which is the joining of inner silence and the ecstatic energies within us. How we replenish our prana is a fairly mundane
subject compared to the divine union going on inside.
No doubt higher abilities will come when required by the opening of our nervous system, and the natural rise of ecstatic bliss and divine love. This is the best, and least distracting, attitude to have about the development of any kind of siddhis.
Just some food (pun!) for thought. I wish you all success on your chosen path to enlightenment.
The guru is in you.
Note: For detailed discussion on yogic nutrition and purification, see the Diet, Shatkarmas and Amaroli book at http://aypsite.com/books.html#dsa
http://aypsite.com/167.html
Story
30 Jan 2013 - 12:40pm
Tuesday, 22 January, 2013 (posted 30 January, 2013)
It is an energetic fact of life that whenever we commit to a new intention everything within us that is not in alignment with that new intention comes up. It comes up because it is responding to our intention. It comes up so that we can acknowledge it, address it, learn anything we are yet to learn from it, and finally transform or release it. Our new intention can thus manifest without any self-sabotage or blocks in the way. So this ‘coming up’ is a good thing, but as it comes up we can feel suffocated by the dust it is raising and this feels to us like a ‘bad’ thing.
On a personal level our new gratitude intentions suddenly have us confronting a barrage of unexpected bills and a head full of fearful, lack-oriented thoughts. Our commitment to deeper acceptance brings up a wealth of anger and resentment that has been simmering under the surface for years. Our decision to look for meaningful work is met by the offer of a promotion at our current job and our resolution to open up to our soulmate often invites phone calls from ex’s. Our desire for more creativity and passion triggers a bout of self-doubt and depression.
This ‘dust’ that has been raised is often misinterpreted by people as ‘My intentions aren’t working! Everything is as bad as ever if not worse!’ Meanwhile our energy must feel very frustrated, because here it is thinking it is helping us in the greatest way possible and we are feeling like it is sabotaging us or ignoring us!
Our energy helps us by shining a spotlight into every nook and cranny of our being in direct response to our new intentions. It highlights and magnifies every belief, every thought pattern, every past experience,
every cellular memory and every personality aspect that is connected to our new intention including the ways in which those parts of us are working against our new intention. This spotlight is showing us: Look, this is what you believe, this is how you think, this is the part of you that has been creating that old reality, and here is the part of you that needs to awaken if you want to create a different, new reality. Our energy holds up mirrors in front of us: Look, this is how you see yourself, this is how you feel about yourself, this is what you believe you are worth, this is what you’ve been attracting and here is why.
This process happens to us individually, and it is happening right now very intensely on a collective level. As a society we are being called to a higher level of intentions regarding how we want our world to look and feel. Thus, we are being confronted with all the many ways in which the systems in our world are working against those intentions. On the surface, a time of great transformation looks and feels like we are standing in the middle of a building that is coming down around us, choking us with dust. When we look and feel from a space of greater consciousness we know that this ‘dust’ is a good thing, a positive sign that the old is leaving and the new is awakening and rising up.
If you bring forth what is within you, what you bring forth will save you. If you do not bring forth what is within you, what you do not bring forth will destroy you. - Gospel of Thomas
Living in a more conscious way as an individual, and as a society, takes strength and courage. It takes strength and courage because the truths that get revealed as part of the process are often easier in the short term to keep looking away from. However in the long term that which we choose to continue to deny and ignore has the ability to make us sick or feel trapped in a reality of unfulfilled potential. On the other hand, that which we bravely choose to confront holds the keys to help catapult us into a new way of living and being.
Pay attention right now to what is calling for your attention. As our intentions come from a higher place, all that is not in alignment will feel louder, heavier and harder to bear until confronted. You can be sure that whatever is feeling ‘loud’ and ‘heavy’ to you right now is the ‘dust’ you need to see, dust that is a direct response to the intentions you have put out, or played a part in putting out together with the collective. Don’t dismiss the dust or ignore it or let it suffocate you into submission. Ask it what it is wanting to tell you? What thoughts is it asking you to shift? What emotions is it asking you to feel? What actions is it asking you to take? What truths is it wanting you to face? What intentions is it asking you to remember and re-commit to? Bless the dust, because the dust is showing you truth and – yes I have to go there – the truth will set you free. The truth will set us all free.
(c) Dana Mrkich 2012. Permission is granted to share this article freely on the condition that the author is credited, and the URL www.danamrkich.com is included.
Teaching
30 Jan 2013 - 11:16am
Changing Core Beliefs, Emotional Reactions and Behaviors
http://www.pathwaytohappiness.com/writings_falsebeliefs.htm
The first step in changing a core belief is to actually identify the agreement. What you will find when you look at an issue is that the mental agreements usually come in bundles. When you do a thorough job of identifying the package of beliefs you are more than halfway to changing them. This task can be a little challenging in the beginning but gets easier with practice. To finish the job you add a little bit of awareness and a shift in perspective outside the belief paradigm. Of all these steps it is the shift in point of view that is the most critical, and most often overlooked. If this sounds like a difficult mind trick, don’t worry. There are some very simple practical exercises to effectively do this.
Identify the Core Belief
Identifying a core belief is like solving a mystery of the illusions in your mind. You have to follow some clues to get down to the hidden beliefs in the unconscious. Let’s use the example of fear of public speaking. Fear of public speaking isn’t a core belief. It is an emotional reaction to a belief. The thought a person has is that, “They will think I’m a stupid idiot.” This is the fear, but not the belief. Fears associated with what other people think of us are very common. This same dynamic can occur in the mind when asking for a raise, asking someone out on a date, or asking for what we want.
However the thought is not a core belief. One has to be careful here because they are often misleading. When solving a crime you follow the money. When finding core beliefs you follow the emotion. We have to keep questioning how the emotion of fear is created by the act of what someone else thinks.
If someone pointed at your hair, claimed it was green, and then started to laugh out loud at how silly you looked would you feel hurt? Probably not. (I’m assuming that your hair is a more natural color than green.) When you know your hair is not green you would know this person is just being silly, on drugs, or having problems with their vision. You know the issue is with their perception and not with you. Having someone make fun of you and laugh at you when you know it is their perception is not a problem is not a problem for you. What people think of you doesn’t hurt you at all.
When you don’t believe you look foolish you are not affected by what others think. Being aware that their mental image of you is not you gives you immunity to their opinion. With this understanding it is obvious that we cannot be hurt emotionally by what others think and say about us. When people think we are an idiot it doesn’t hurt at all. It only hurts if we believe we are an idiot. This is the real cause of pain that we fear behind the story of public speaking.
In essence the fear of public speaking isn't a fear of what others will think of us. It is a fear of the emotional pain that results from believing something negative about our self. What other people think would just be a trigger to activate our own negative core beliefs.
The point is that to identify our core beliefs we have to look beyond the thoughts we think.
There is one more layer here. We often don’t really know what people are thinking. We usually make the assumption about what they think about us and then believe our assumption. There are a number of other beliefs bundled in this scenario.
First Core Belief: If someone else believes we are an idiot then it is true.
Second Core Belief: We believe we are a stupid idiot.
Third Belief is a corollary of the second: If someone believes we are smart then we are smart.
This means that: Whatever someone believes about us is what we are.
Fourth False Belief is that what other people think of us can somehow hurt us emotionally.
This false assumption is what the mind uses to generate fear of emotional pain. It is not true because thoughts in another person’s head don’t determine our emotions. What we believe about ourselves determines how we feel.
The Fifth False Belief is that we can accurately read other people’s minds and know what they think about us.
These hidden assumptions are not apparent from the reaction or the thoughts. We have to get past the surface of thoughts and solve the mystery of our reaction to find the beliefs.
Steps to Changing Core Beliefs
Notice that the package of false beliefs and assumptions above starts to seem a bit unbelievable. We couldn't possibly be what other people conceptualize in their head? We probably don't have the power to accurately read other people's mind either. When you identify the core beliefs to this detail they begin to become ridiculous. This is often the case when we expose the whole bundle of agreements in the mind. When you fully identify a set of beliefs you instinctively divest your belief in them. These shifts happen just through your expanded awareness. Just by identifying your beliefs you facilitate change in your emotions and behavior without a lot of work.
Another aspect that can make change faster is that you don’t have to change the whole bundle of agreements. Each agreement is like a link in a chain. If you just break one link then they all lose power.
Take a look at the third false belief for a moment. Our mind is quick to make this association and believe the opinions other people have about us. We often believe it without realizing it. This starts to fall apart under some scrutiny. Different people will have different opinions about us. Their opinions are mental concepts in their mind. We are not equivalent to the mental concept in another person’s mind. Some people might change their mental opinion about us during the day and yet we didn’t change. We only feel a change when we change our belief about ourselves. Someone else’s opinion is only a trigger to activate our different core beliefs. We might have an agreement buried in the mind that we are an idiot. We might also have mental agreements that we are smart. Our mind can flip back and forth between the two many times during the day, or even in an instant.
When you become aware that you are not a mental concept in somebody else's mind then the other beliefs start to fall apart as well. If you are not their mental concept then what they think doesn't matter as much and they can't hurt you emotionally. Changing your awareness of one belief affects the whole system of reactions.
Changing a core belief is surprisingly easy. You simply stop believing in them. It doesn't take much effort to not believe something. However it does take some effort to develop the awareness to identify them.
It sounds simple but does require some work. There is also one very important step in the process that is often missed. You have to change your point of view in order to change a core belief. Where you shift your point of view in your mind is critically important. Certain points of view will make it easy to dissolve a core belief and others will stop the process.
If you are judging the beliefs you find, or yourself for having them they become stuck. When in judgment you also create and believe a judgment story about your beliefs. When this happens you have built a layer of story and beliefs on top of the existing core belief. The new point of view you adopt must be free of judgment about the core beliefs you identify.
Changing Core Beliefs by Shifting Point of View
A faster and easier way to change a belief is through shifting point of view. A new perspective allows you to have that epiphany of awareness that changes the way you see things.
Without this shift in perspective it is very difficult to change a belief. When you are within the paradigm of a false belief it appears completely true so you continue to believe in it. Like the person that believes the earth is flat. All contrary evidence is discounted until you shift your perspective. This is one of the problems with affirmations. From the point of view of our existing beliefs our affirmations look like a lie. We can end up feeling like a liar or a fraud trying to adopt new beliefs that go against our current paradigm.
A belief paradigm acts very much like a dream when you are asleep. When you are in a dream it seems completely real. You believe what is happening in the dream is really happening to you. You might feel like your life is in danger and feel the corresponding emotions of fear. But then you wake up from the dream. You begin looking at the dream from the perspective of sitting up in your bed in an awakened state. With that shift in point of view you immediately drop your fear and the notion that you are in danger. With this shift in perspective the illusion of the dream no longer has power over your mind and emotions. Changing your point of view in this way allows you to quickly change beliefs.
This kind of paradigm shift is very powerful. Numerous people have had near death experiences that completely dissolved their fears of death and dying. This is a radical shift in point of view but illustrates my point. Real life change involves changing core beliefs. One of the fastest ways to change core beliefs is by shifting your point of view. You can have the change your life with many small epiphanies over time without having to flat line your body on the operating table.
Blog entry
29 Jan 2013 - 8:38pm
Government, Society, and Business all share the same underlying thread - relationship negotiation. When relationships are negotiated along the lines of Greed (we can call this the Ayn Rand complex), people suffer. Additionally, there are only two eventualities for any species that ever has existed, or that ever will exist in the cosmos - Self-Destruction or Sustainable World Peace. Right now this world is on the path to Self-Destruction. Heroes arise when circumstances demand it - and circumstances certainly demand it NOW. I am the founder of Business Atoms - http://www.businessatoms.com. Business Atoms is dedicated to helping bring about Sustainable World Peace by providing a relationship negotiation model rooted in Love within the business world. We believe that this model will organically be replicated within Society and Government once its value is proven beyond doubt. Once the relationship negotiation model is replicated in Government, Sustainable World Peace will be possible. We are proving out the relationship negotiation model with our daily actions by executing on our mission of Integrity Over Profit. Beliefs and Priorities must change before Decisions and Actions can. We are committed to helping people Understand (revealing the Light), through our Actions and Results, that Sustainable World Peace is well within our reach if we begin negotiating our relationships along the lines of Love instead of along the lines of Greed. Change begins with Awareness, and we exist to help drive that Awareness.
KNOW that you are Loved. I, and many others like me, Love you simply because you exist. This is Unconditional Love, and it is THE ONLY path to Sustainable World Peace. If you are reading this, you are being invited to join us, if you have not already, in demonstrating Unconditional Love as a way of life. This is far more difficult than it may at first seem, but the Good News is that you can do it – and not only do you have within you, right now at this moment, the Power to Love Unconditionally, but the process of learning to Love Unconditionally will automatically bring Happiness and Peace into your life. It does not matter the color of your skin, your religion, your gender, or any other perceived label that we humans choose to place upon one another. You are a human, and that, in and of itself, means that you have the Power to Love Unconditionally. It also means that Happiness and Peace are your birthright – you simply have to walk the Path of Unconditional Love to find them.
If you choose to join us in taking up this extraordinary responsibility, know two things. #1 – Walking the Path is difficult (extraordinarily so at times) but, as with all learning experiences, it becomes less difficult the further down the Path you get. #2 – No other person, no matter who they may be, can tell you how to Walk the Path. The underlying reason for these two facts is One – Walking the Path to Unconditional Love is a matter of clearing your own individual blockages of Unconditional Love. God Is Love. When God made us in his image, he included Unconditional Love as part of that image. That means that to Love Unconditionally is our natural state as human beings. That also means that if we are not yet Loving Unconditionally, it has nothing to do with our natural state, and everything to do with being blocked in some way and/or ways. Those blockages are a direct result of our personal experiences and conditioning over time, and since our blockages apply only to us at the individual level, so too does the ability to clear those blockages.
Each person must Walk his or her own Path to Unconditional Love. The one hint we can give you to help you Walk the Path effectively is that, since Unconditional Love is your natural state, Focus with Intention on clearing any and all blockages that do not allow you to Love every single person on the planet Unconditionally. As you do this, you will enact the Spiritual Law of Attraction in your life around Happiness and Peace and the result will be that you will naturally become ever more happy and peaceful as a result. Therefore, Loving Unconditionally is not something you must Do, rather, it is simply something you must Remember How to Do. God Is Love, and so are You.
If you choose to join us, please state your Intention to do so to the world by signing this petition at change.org, https://www.change.org/petitions/people-of-earth-achieve-sustainable-world-peace, and then send share our Invitation to Walk the Path with at least 33 of your closest family and friends.
Together we WILL bring Peace to this World.
Love & Light,
Jamon Crockom
Blog entry
29 Jan 2013 - 8:33pm
ive always had very vivid dreams but as i grew older they slowed down and became less important/less real to me. but starting in october last year i started seeing the future in my dreams but i would forget what i dreamed until a moment before it happenned mostly its been things like coffee being brewed and someone walking into the room with a certain outfit and attitude then saying something that i couldnt recall until just before they said it. about 3-4 months ago i had a dream about kittens i dreamed that i was going outside and as i put my foot down i saw a kitten's head beneath my foot and a loud crunching sound i remember trying to show my older sister and my mom without letting my little sister see it was dead i wasnt successful then all i remember is the tears of my little sister and of my niece and nephew then i woke up and could only remember death and deep sadness this feeling of sadness followed me all that day. the next day i had forgotten all about it my little sister ran in giggling and said "the neighbours are giving us their kittens all three of them!!!!!!!" she was ecstatic (she is only 7 after all) i was happy for her but felt something was wrong this feeling went away though and 2 months later i was stepping outside it was a beautiful day and i remembered my dream i froze looked down and saw the kitten i stopped myself from killing him. i pondered about this for a long long time but couldnt make sense of it, then modern life began to take hold i started working on my drivers permit and practicing my first interview in front of the mirror shaving for the first time and finally getting drunk for the first time. after being drunk my dreams stopped altogether and for some reason i believed i never had dreams i began to fall into deep depression i was suicidal i looked at every little shortcoming and thought i was worthless. a month passes in this manner and i stumbled on a video series called "The Spirit Science" on youtube it embodied everything i was wanting to learn and remember i realized my purpose and felt powerful i began sending and receiving energies from the air and the grid and still am today. yesterday my chosen hindrance re-manifested and became worse than ever before i wont go into detail as it is very gross if you want me to i will but as i said its very very gross. after i had dealt with my problem i was crying uncontrollably i remembered waht it was like after my sister Victory ascended i remember setting apart times of the day to feel my un-describable sorrow i had lost the only one who understood who i am and i was jealous of her ascension i was 9 at this time. with these memories came the dreams in more frequent and amusing order sometimes ill be looking for something and find as im asking if anyone has seen it, almost as if a gentle hand points my head toward it im beggining to want to heal people with my energies because it feels so powerful and i just want to share it with those who need it especially the weak and the sick. after this basic desire and knowledge was developed i began to fall in and out of fear. i was in my room trying to go to sleep i feel a presence and look over at the side of my bed and saw a little girl materialize in front of me on the bed with a knowing half-smile as if im a fond memory of hers i stare at her for a full minute before she disappears i fell into fear and anger shortly thereafter i think she was my sister i cant remember her very well but i felt her near me, i think we are star-siblings because our bond was so strong. after a long time feeling hatred and utter anguish and remembering my suicidal days i began to rise out of my self hatred and fear of what i saw. i must sound weak compared to all of you who have seen and done so much and i know now that i will grow more powerful and be free of all things physical. my latest dream was last night in it i was asleep and a type 2 grey (zeta-reticuli also known as the "tall greys") was standing next to the bed watching me sleep in my dream i wake up and am not shocked to see him we look ito each other for a long time exchanging our thoughts through emotion that we send between each other i look into him and see that he is not evil but he is not perfect either he is jealous of my ability to feel love as i realize he cannot feel as i do.he is different than i am. as i realize this i become very afraid of him because he is different than i am though i know he is not deserving of this fearfulness after he had come to me because i am nearing the time when my purpose must be carried out he came to help prepare me. and now what i cant understand is this: did i see the future of when he comes to me? or did he come in a spiritual form so that i would dream of him? what ever the truth is, i will not allow myself to be controlled by my fear anymore i am to be free of it as everyone is. i only hope it will be sooner than later. let me know what you think id love to have several different opinions on it so please critism and praise meh where its deserved ;) as i will be saying from this point on light and love!
video
29 Jan 2013 - 1:57pm
28 jan 2013
What is my mission?
How can I find it?
Why is it important that I live it?
Some tips regarding these questions :)
Here's the link to find out more about March 14-17 Skiing Bliss Out:
http://www.charismelina.com/skiing-bliss-out.html
Teaching
29 Jan 2013 - 11:17am
The New Service is Passion in Action
www.ecologyofthespirit.com
"A Journey of 1000 miles begins with a single step."~Confucius
The Journey of Life
in the Universe
© Aleister Crowley
The freedom to undertake any action; Mastery of the forms & forces of Earth; Liberation to attain Kosmic Consciousness
In our transformative healing journey we let go of the wrangling stories of our past that we used to define ourselves and the energy draining dramas we used as excuses and vices to nurture our pain that kept us locked into anxiety stress patterns. We embraced forgiveness and surrender to allow Nature's Healing Reorganization to reorient us onto a new path of action. Nature's Healing Reorganization aligns mind, feeling and body with inner essence and with the essence of all life systems.
In the reorganization process we discover parts of ourselves that we have inwardly outgrown - the disconnected areas of the personality that hid behind the destructive walls of society with its adverse effects and runaway problems. We begin to embrace a whole new way of thinking whose effect is a whole new way of acting.
To reflect our inner reality we have adjusted our outward circumstances to in turn reflect our inner maturity that we have attained psychically and invisibly through Nature's connecting pathways or webstring connections. This natural ally of support translates to how we present ourselves in the social world so that we remain reasonably aligned with who we have inwardly become. In our authenticity we no longer find a need to be a time server or have the desire to wear a social mask for a prefabricated role that does not represent our authentic individual inner processes as Nature connected humans. In our heightened sensitivity we continue to discover ourselves through the renewal of Nature's processes and express this authenticity in the world. It is at this juncture of integration that we must trust our inner compass and have faith in universal support - of grounding Spirit into matter as our guiding waking consciousness.
Transformation onto higher pathways invites us to claim our courage toward fulfilling our primary need of social continuity rather than social control. In claiming our courage we have many questions, but we are quickly reminded that there are no victims in life, only unconscious creators. Whole self wellbeing is borne from accessing the healing mind in Nature and wisdom to support our transformation needs. When there is the dawning of awareness, there is choice or heresy where a range of options has been considered rather than to the exclusion of all other options (orthodoxy). A heretic is someone who chooses what to believe. And we are encouraged toward constructive engagement - to put gnosis into motion in response to the empathic call of our inner Nature rooted in the natural environment and intimately allied with other species.
To succeed with the shift, we look at reality squarely in the eye and in the spirit of commitment, persistence and focus, we claim opportunities and circumstances that supports responsible action toward self, the community of life and the Natural world.
Energy is governed by the patterns of Universal Law and Principle and naked eye astronomy lends clues to our terrestrial questions. If we choose to embody the Path of Heart into our lives we must rightly direct our energies to dance in rhythm with the universal circuit that guides planetary life in cycles of perpetual motion. Transformation is an ever-changing life affirming process that is built upon self renewal in both ourselves and Nature. Transformation always includes the deepest inner self in the perception of reality. It is from this perspective that we delve into the Path of Heart to set up our Path of Action, the cooperative way that recovers the essential self through reciprocity with our Natural environment. And from the magic of the heart, take passionate action in standing for Life!
Teaching
29 Jan 2013 - 11:06am
Cultivating your Inner Diamond
Accessing Power through the Heart
http://www.ecologyofthespirit.com/_invitation/invitation.htm
Your vision will become clear only when you can look into your own heart.
Who looks outside, dreams; who looks inside, awakens. ~Carl Jung
In the process of learning to be emotionally healthy we encounter roadblocks that detour us into unknown parts of ourselves - areas that have been in disconnect with the balance and harmony in our environment. Some of these detour experiences fill us with a sense of wellbeing in the wisdom they impart, while some deplete us by fixing our attention onto false beliefs systems with their dogmatic stories about reality and Nature.
"What is programmed within us that moves us toward the negative rather than the positive? Why is it that the experiences of fear, anger, confusion, resistance, denial, shame, doubt and unworthiness dominate most over positive characteristics such as joy, compassion, love, honesty, integrity and so on? How can we better navigate our lives keeping what is most natural in us in tact without losing ourselves in the sea of conditioning experiences? How do we hold what is most dear in our hearts close to us without having to bargain or relinquish them for surrogates because we lack self-empowerment, support and the courage to honor and value them with passion? What makes it so difficult to know ourselves?"
Questioning the forces that actually dictates our lives is relevant to our evolution and so we are confronted with time sensitive opportunities to investigate what separates our essential nature from our Source of immediate sustenance - the Spiritual Heart in Nature.
Now I speak to each and ask the Essence of your Being, "What Is Your Deepest Dream?" Ponder this...it matters. "What inspiration arises?" The reality that is your life has already produced the answer. Your head speaks and I ask you to respond with your heart. I ask again. "What Is Your Deepest Dream?" and "Who Are You, Really? You and not your money, your job, your technology, your roles in life, your things, an external object..."Who are you when you drop these vestiges of identification?" Your Passion and Deepest Dream lends clue to the authentic you that remains constant in any circumstance or relationship. When the essence of who you are is aligned with life affirming actions that support your purpose, circumstances reshape to model that truth.
The inner quest of Self always leads us to what is most attractive in fulfilling self gnosis. Enquiry into emotional belief patterns that builds on the foundation of our existence to create outcomes or our realities is worthy. Why we continue to re-create personal dramas and disasters builds onto that concept of self-worth. The study of our feelings and emotional responses helps us to learn what creates positive energy, exuberance and empathy in our lives in contrast to what produces inertia, anxiety and anger.
"KNOW THY SELF!"
~Lord Buddah, Master Jesus Christ
"Our Authentic Self is the true source of our emotional security and the only Diamond we need."
The Star
© Aleister Crowley
Crystallization, self-recognition, clear vision, trust in self, connection to Universal Intelligence
We should surrender our intention to selfishly seek merit and recognition for our merit, and instead simply plant merit and cultivate wisdom.
~ Jae Woong Kim, "Polishing the Diamond"
"Nature connected thinking uses fifty-three sources of sensory information."
"Each of our 53 natural senses
is a distinct way of knowing,
loving and feeling."
~ Michael J. Cohen, Reconnecting with Nature
In knowing our self, we awaken. Self meet Self!
Journeying into the heart of the Mother connects us to our authentic core self that is alive within each of us as Nature. As a species of Nature, cooperative consent with our environment fully authenticates ourselves and we experience trust, nurturance and Love that exists in the reciprocal flow of Being, between self and the Spiritual Heart in Nature - the Good, the Beautiful and the True! Beauty is Truth and spontaneously following and enjoying natural attractions helps us to acquire sensory awareness about ourselves. Following the flow of intuitive response through nature attraction we gain clarity how anxiety, stress, sadness, depression, jealousy, and inertia produces giant gaps in our consciousness. Our disconnection with the Spiritual Source in Nature replaced with industrial thinking and its nature conquering stories produces gaps that perforates the natural flow of being between what we think, feel, say and do. Such lack of inner congruency between the internal and external self produces a human culture that scapegoats reality and supports destructive patterns of living as the norm.
Reconnecting with the Spirit in Nature bridges gaps in sensory awareness revealing an unforeseen integrity with the living tapestry of life. As our sentient inner nature attractions merge with sentient Earth, we gain clarity and multisensory capacity. Clarity enables us to confront the nature disconnected stories that produces our psychological fears and self-imposed limitations. We come to understand that Fear is the great self abnegator and a paralytic defeater in changing our destructive patterns. We withdraw support from those who separate nature intelligence from our lives. Fear is a driver of consciousness inasmuch as empathy is. Choose wisely the Path of Action!
Multisensory connection entwined with Nature wisdom and nurture teaches us how to safely and trustingly experience the nature of our inner workings as a re-educational process into whole self wellbeing. Feelings of in-the-moment joy, fun and laughter are hallmarks of good health, self-balance and harmony with our environment. Self-awareness lies within the Heart of Nature and allowing natures spirit and wisdom into our thinking we can overcome separation from her intelligence and renew our relationship with our environment and ourselves. Herein, we begin to craft a new language of the heart.
Story
29 Jan 2013 - 10:18am
29-Jan-2013
Hello Son,
Self Realisation
The art of self realisation is necessary for spiritual ascension. To recognise and understand the SELF is to realise the wisdom of God.
To be inquisitive to learning is to lay down a path for one to travel; it is the intention to learn that creates the energy and rive for the mind to carry out any task including all material to spiritual.
Without the first step of intention, nothing would be manifested and the energies from the universal consciousness would not be sourced.
Self realisation is an inner quest for the hidden and secret library of the SELF; and this is unique to one's own identity and life path.
Every one has a unique finger print and ideal; this is the same spiritually too.
Often a person can be kept a part from family and friends then merge later on in life.
In the original Akashic record that we have found, to find the original path, God wanted US to travel; only then we would find our life’s worth and tasks.
Otherwise, the mysteries of our life will continue and the frustration of not knowing what lies ahead would continue.
My dear light beings look inwards and feel in silence to YOU.
Your mother; the words are necessary to aid in your quest for the inward journey of YOU.
Message from Ascended Master Saida Khatoon
Channelled by Shazi
Further Reading: Signpost to the Source
video
29 Jan 2013 - 7:38am
A new humanity beckons. A new way of being in a new paradigm. What's that all about? Openhand's "Homo Divinicus" seminar in Glastonbury early January 2013...
Teaching
28 Jan 2013 - 12:02pm
On the meaning of: OM MANI PADME HUM
http://www.sacred-texts.com/bud/tib/omph.htm
The jewel is in the lotus or praise to the jewel in the lotus
by His Holiness Tenzin Gyatso The Fourteenth Dalai Lama of Tibet
It is very good to recite the mantra OM MANI PADME HUM, but while
you are doing it, you should be thinking on its meaning, for the
meaning of the six syllables is great and vast. The first, OM, is
composed of three pure letters, A, U, and M. These symbolize the
practitioner's impure body, speech, and mind; they also symbolize the
pure exalted body, speech and mind of a Buddha.
Can impure body, speech and mind be transformed into pure body,
speech and mind, or are they entirely separate? All Buddhas are cases
of being who were like ourselves and then in dependence on the path
became enlightened; Buddhism does not assert that there is anyone who
from the beginning is free from faults and possesses all good
qualities. The development of pure body, speech, and mind comes from
gradually leaving the impure states and their being transformed into
the pure.
How is this done? The path is indicated by the next four syllables.
MANI, meaning jewel, symbolizes the factor of method- the altruistic
intention to become enlightened, compassion, and love. Just as a
jewel is capable of removing poverty, so the altruistic mind of
enlightenment is capable of removing the poverty, or difficulties, of
cyclic existence and of solitary peace. Similarly, just as a jewel
fulfills the wishes of sentient beings, so the altruistic intention to
become enlightened fulfills the wishes of sentient beings.
The two syllables, PADME, meaning lotus, symbolize wisdom. Just as
a lotus grows forth from mud but is not sullied by the faults of mud,
so wisdom is capable of putting you in a situation of non-
contradiction where as there would be contradiction if you did not
have wisdom. There is wisdom realizing impermanence, wisdom realizing
that persons are empty of self-sufficient or substantial existence,
wisdom that realizes the emptiness of duality (that is to say, of
difference of entity between subject and object), and wisdom that
realizes the emptiness of inherent existence. Though there are may
different types of wisdom, the main of all these is the wisdom
realizing emptiness.
Purity must be achieved by an indivisible unity of method and
wisdom, symbolized by the final syllable, HUM, which indicates
indivisibility. According to the sutra system, this indivisibility of
method and wisdom refers to one consciousness in which there is a full
form of both wisdom affected by method and method affected by wisdom.
In the mantra, or tantra vehicle, it refers to one conciousness in
which there is the full form of both wisdom and method as one
undifferentiable entity. In terms of the seed syllables of the five
conqueror Buddhas, HUM is the is the seed syllable of Akshobhya- the
immovable, the unfluctuating, that which cannot be disturbed by
anything.
Thus the six syllables, OM MANI PADME HUM, mean that in dependence
on the practice which is in indivisible union of method and wisdom,
you can transform your impure body, speech and mind into the pure
body, speech, and mind of a Buddha. It is said that you should not
seek for Buddhahood outside of yourself; the substances for the
achievement of Buddhahood are within. As Maitreya says in his SUBLIME
CONTINUUM OF GREAT VEHICLE (UTTARA TANTRA) all beings naturally have
the Buddha nature in their own continuum. We have within us the seed
of purity, the essence of a One Gone Thus (TATHAGATAGARBHA), that is
to be transformed and full developed into Buddhahood.
(From a lecture given by His Holiness The Dalai Lama of Tibet at the
Kalmuck Mongolian Buddhist Center, New Jersey.)
Teaching
28 Jan 2013 - 11:54am
We Are: The Illusion of Separateness
http://www.innerfrontier.org/Practices/IllusionOfSeparateness.htm
We live alone within our personal shell. We relate to people as if appearances were real, as if the ultimate truth dictates that I am here and you are there and an impenetrable wall separates us.
When I look at another person I see the outside. I see a body clearly separate from mine. But when I look at myself, I see the inside, I see my awareness, my consciousness. I know, rationally, that you have awareness, consciousness in you just as I do, that you have hopes and dreams, knowledge and fears just as I do. But when I look at you, I do not see all this. I know the whole glory and catastrophe of being a human resides there in you, but I don’t see it. And so I assume and act as if consciousness is mine alone, as if consciousness stops at my skin. My perception does not show me your consciousness. You remain hollow to me, just an animated body, not real in the way that I am. How can I bridge this gap between us? How can I operate from the reality that I know must be true despite the limitations of my perception? How can I see you to be as real as I am?
The source of this illusion of separateness lies in the illusion of the ego. Relaxing with friends or family we may lower our inner barriers. In the underlying context of awareness, in the silent pool of consciousness we discover spaciousness without limits. Beneath our thoughts, beneath our emotions, we let go into simple awareness, into consciousness, the field in which we live and experience, the very substance of experience. Consciousness knows no boundaries, does not end at our skin. Space embraces us all, as does consciousness. Space penetrates all and walls cannot limit it. Likewise, our bodies do not define the limits of consciousness.
To rest in awareness, in consciousness, we drop our shell of separation, our false identity and enter the larger world, the great present. As we drain this moat of egoism, we see others in a new way: just people, neither more nor less than ourselves. Sharing in consciousness, knowing that others experience a full inner world just as we do, we begin to bridge the gap. We become simultaneously an entire universe in ourselves and just “one of the guys.” The “guys” become one in consciousness, even though we continue to experience this peculiar fact of life: that we directly know only our own thoughts, emotions, sensations, and not anyone else’s.
The more we enter into the stillness of simple awareness, the more we drop our fences of separation and identity in the consciousness that we share. This brings us to the first level of unity among people: unity in consciousness. Prior to this level, we can speak of cooperation and relationship but not unity.
Will offers a field for another kind of unity: shared intention and common purpose. The levels of unity under commonality of will depend on the depth and breadth of the sharing: from family, to community, to nation, to all humanity, to all life, to the Great Purpose of the Universe. We all enter into shared purpose with others in many types of communities: the corporation, the school, the sports team, the orchestra, the worship community, the political party, the military unit, the construction crew, the city, state, or nation. In all such cases of associated intention, we act in a coordinated fashion as part of a unit larger than our individual self. The result can be true and deep fellowship along with a sense of fulfillment. Shared intention, at its most effective, does not entail loss of individuality, but rather our fully individualized and unique participation in a greater whole.
We know in our hearts that our aim for a meaningful life depends on becoming fully ourselves while transcending ourselves. Both unity in consciousness and unity in will enrich and transform us with a spirit that eventually approaches Love.
